* gdb.texinfo (Character Sets): Fix last change.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdbint.texinfo
CommitLineData
9742079a 1\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
c906108c 2@setfilename gdbint.info
25822942 3@include gdb-cfg.texi
03727ca6 4@dircategory Software development
e9c75b65 5@direntry
c906108c 6* Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals.
e9c75b65 7@end direntry
c906108c 8
a67ec3f4
JM
9@copying
10Copyright @copyright{} 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1998, 1999,
112000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009
12Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c
SS
13Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John Gilmore.
14Second Edition by Stan Shebs.
15
e9c75b65
EZ
16Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
17under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 18any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
19Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
20Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
21Free Documentation License''.
a67ec3f4
JM
22@end copying
23
24@ifnottex
25This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}.
26
27@insertcopying
28@end ifnottex
c906108c
SS
29
30@setchapternewpage off
25822942 31@settitle @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c 32
56caf160
EZ
33@syncodeindex fn cp
34@syncodeindex vr cp
35
c906108c 36@titlepage
25822942 37@title @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c
SS
38@subtitle{A guide to the internals of the GNU debugger}
39@author John Gilmore
40@author Cygnus Solutions
41@author Second Edition:
42@author Stan Shebs
43@author Cygnus Solutions
44@page
45@tex
46\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
47\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
48{\parskip=0pt
49\hfill Cygnus Solutions\par
50\hfill \manvers\par
51\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
52}
53@end tex
54
55@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
a67ec3f4 56@insertcopying
c906108c
SS
57@end titlepage
58
449f3b6c 59@contents
449f3b6c 60
c906108c
SS
61@node Top
62@c Perhaps this should be the title of the document (but only for info,
63@c not for TeX). Existing GNU manuals seem inconsistent on this point.
64@top Scope of this Document
65
25822942
DB
66This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, @value{GDBN}. It
67includes description of @value{GDBN}'s key algorithms and operations, as well
68as the mechanisms that adapt @value{GDBN} to specific hosts and targets.
c906108c
SS
69
70@menu
71* Requirements::
72* Overall Structure::
73* Algorithms::
74* User Interface::
89437448 75* libgdb::
5f5233d4 76* Values::
669fac23 77* Stack Frames::
c906108c
SS
78* Symbol Handling::
79* Language Support::
80* Host Definition::
81* Target Architecture Definition::
123dc839 82* Target Descriptions::
c906108c
SS
83* Target Vector Definition::
84* Native Debugging::
85* Support Libraries::
86* Coding::
87* Porting GDB::
d52fe014 88* Versions and Branches::
55f6ca0f 89* Start of New Year Procedure::
8973da3a 90* Releasing GDB::
085dd6e6 91* Testsuite::
c906108c 92* Hints::
aab4e0ec 93
bcd7e15f 94* GDB Observers:: @value{GDBN} Currently available observers
aab4e0ec 95* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation
56caf160 96* Index::
c906108c
SS
97@end menu
98
99@node Requirements
100
101@chapter Requirements
56caf160 102@cindex requirements for @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
103
104Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal
56caf160
EZ
105requirements and other expectations for @value{GDBN}. Although some
106of these may seem obvious, there have been proposals for @value{GDBN}
107that have run counter to these requirements.
c906108c 108
56caf160
EZ
109First of all, @value{GDBN} is a debugger. It's not designed to be a
110front panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a
111shell. It's not a programming environment.
c906108c 112
56caf160
EZ
113@value{GDBN} is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is
114available, @value{GDBN}'s primary role is to interact with a human
115programmer.
c906108c 116
56caf160
EZ
117@value{GDBN} should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on
118the trail of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is
119going to be very impatient of everything, including the response time
120to debugger commands.
c906108c 121
56caf160
EZ
122@value{GDBN} should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions.
123While the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made
be9c6c35 124picky), since source code lives for a long time usually, the
56caf160
EZ
125programmer doing debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to
126mollify the debugger.
c906108c 127
56caf160
EZ
128@value{GDBN} will be called upon to deal with really large programs.
129Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've
130heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size.
c906108c 131
56caf160
EZ
132@value{GDBN} should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is
133available for even half as many configurations as @value{GDBN}
134supports.
c906108c
SS
135
136
137@node Overall Structure
138
139@chapter Overall Structure
140
56caf160
EZ
141@value{GDBN} consists of three major subsystems: user interface,
142symbol handling (the @dfn{symbol side}), and target system handling (the
143@dfn{target side}).
c906108c 144
2e685b93 145The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus
c906108c
SS
146supporting code.
147
148The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info
149interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression
150parsing, type and value printing.
151
152The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, and
153physical target manipulation.
154
155The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a
156number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic
157elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it
158supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead,
159this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems
160should fit together.
161
162@section The Symbol Side
163
56caf160
EZ
164The symbolic side of @value{GDBN} can be thought of as ``everything
165you can do in @value{GDBN} without having a live program running''.
166For instance, you can look at the types of variables, and evaluate
167many kinds of expressions.
c906108c
SS
168
169@section The Target Side
170
56caf160
EZ
171The target side of @value{GDBN} is the ``bits and bytes manipulator''.
172Although it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most
173of the target side will run with only a stripped executable
174available---or even no executable at all, in remote debugging cases.
c906108c
SS
175
176Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register
177display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases,
25822942 178such as disassembly, @value{GDBN} will use symbolic info to present addresses
c906108c
SS
179relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either
180way.
181
182@section Configurations
183
56caf160
EZ
184@cindex host
185@cindex target
25822942 186@dfn{Host} refers to attributes of the system where @value{GDBN} runs.
c906108c
SS
187@dfn{Target} refers to the system where the program being debugged
188executes. In most cases they are the same machine, in which case a
189third type of @dfn{Native} attributes come into play.
190
1f70da6a
SS
191Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host
192support. Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte
193order, host float format. These are all calculated by @code{autoconf}
194when the debugger is built.
c906108c
SS
195
196Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target
197dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set,
198breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the stack
199to call a function.
200
201Information that is only needed when the host and target are the same,
202is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; if the
1f70da6a 203host and target are not the same, calling @code{fork} to start the target
c906108c
SS
204process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the
205registers in the @code{upage}, running @code{ptrace}, and such are all
206in the native-dependent files.
207
208Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that
209are really part of the target environment, but which require
210@code{#include} files that are only available on the host system. Core
211file handling and @code{setjmp} handling are two common cases.
212
1f70da6a
SS
213When you want to make @value{GDBN} work as the traditional native debugger
214on a system, you will need to supply both target and native information.
c906108c 215
25ab7e6d
EZ
216@section Source Tree Structure
217@cindex @value{GDBN} source tree structure
218
219The @value{GDBN} source directory has a mostly flat structure---there
220are only a few subdirectories. A file's name usually gives a hint as
221to what it does; for example, @file{stabsread.c} reads stabs,
7ce59000 222@file{dwarf2read.c} reads @sc{DWARF 2}, etc.
25ab7e6d
EZ
223
224Files that are related to some common task have names that share
225common substrings. For example, @file{*-thread.c} files deal with
226debugging threads on various platforms; @file{*read.c} files deal with
227reading various kinds of symbol and object files; @file{inf*.c} files
228deal with direct control of the @dfn{inferior program} (@value{GDBN}
229parlance for the program being debugged).
230
231There are several dozens of files in the @file{*-tdep.c} family.
232@samp{tdep} stands for @dfn{target-dependent code}---each of these
233files implements debug support for a specific target architecture
234(sparc, mips, etc). Usually, only one of these will be used in a
235specific @value{GDBN} configuration (sometimes two, closely related).
236
237Similarly, there are many @file{*-nat.c} files, each one for native
238debugging on a specific system (e.g., @file{sparc-linux-nat.c} is for
239native debugging of Sparc machines running the Linux kernel).
240
241The few subdirectories of the source tree are:
242
243@table @file
244@item cli
245Code that implements @dfn{CLI}, the @value{GDBN} Command-Line
246Interpreter. @xref{User Interface, Command Interpreter}.
247
248@item gdbserver
249Code for the @value{GDBN} remote server.
250
251@item gdbtk
252Code for Insight, the @value{GDBN} TK-based GUI front-end.
253
254@item mi
255The @dfn{GDB/MI}, the @value{GDBN} Machine Interface interpreter.
256
257@item signals
258Target signal translation code.
259
260@item tui
261Code for @dfn{TUI}, the @value{GDBN} Text-mode full-screen User
262Interface. @xref{User Interface, TUI}.
263@end table
c906108c
SS
264
265@node Algorithms
266
267@chapter Algorithms
56caf160 268@cindex algorithms
c906108c 269
56caf160
EZ
270@value{GDBN} uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are
271often not very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special
272cases and real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic
273algorithms and mentions some of the specific target definitions that
274they use.
c906108c 275
7d30c22d
JB
276@section Prologue Analysis
277
278@cindex prologue analysis
279@cindex call frame information
280@cindex CFI (call frame information)
281To produce a backtrace and allow the user to manipulate older frames'
282variables and arguments, @value{GDBN} needs to find the base addresses
283of older frames, and discover where those frames' registers have been
284saved. Since a frame's ``callee-saves'' registers get saved by
285younger frames if and when they're reused, a frame's registers may be
286scattered unpredictably across younger frames. This means that
287changing the value of a register-allocated variable in an older frame
288may actually entail writing to a save slot in some younger frame.
289
290Modern versions of GCC emit Dwarf call frame information (``CFI''),
291which describes how to find frame base addresses and saved registers.
292But CFI is not always available, so as a fallback @value{GDBN} uses a
293technique called @dfn{prologue analysis} to find frame sizes and saved
294registers. A prologue analyzer disassembles the function's machine
295code starting from its entry point, and looks for instructions that
296allocate frame space, save the stack pointer in a frame pointer
297register, save registers, and so on. Obviously, this can't be done
b247355e 298accurately in general, but it's tractable to do well enough to be very
7d30c22d
JB
299helpful. Prologue analysis predates the GNU toolchain's support for
300CFI; at one time, prologue analysis was the only mechanism
301@value{GDBN} used for stack unwinding at all, when the function
302calling conventions didn't specify a fixed frame layout.
303
304In the olden days, function prologues were generated by hand-written,
305target-specific code in GCC, and treated as opaque and untouchable by
306optimizers. Looking at this code, it was usually straightforward to
307write a prologue analyzer for @value{GDBN} that would accurately
308understand all the prologues GCC would generate. However, over time
309GCC became more aggressive about instruction scheduling, and began to
310understand more about the semantics of the prologue instructions
311themselves; in response, @value{GDBN}'s analyzers became more complex
312and fragile. Keeping the prologue analyzers working as GCC (and the
313instruction sets themselves) evolved became a substantial task.
314
315@cindex @file{prologue-value.c}
316@cindex abstract interpretation of function prologues
317@cindex pseudo-evaluation of function prologues
318To try to address this problem, the code in @file{prologue-value.h}
319and @file{prologue-value.c} provides a general framework for writing
320prologue analyzers that are simpler and more robust than ad-hoc
321analyzers. When we analyze a prologue using the prologue-value
322framework, we're really doing ``abstract interpretation'' or
323``pseudo-evaluation'': running the function's code in simulation, but
324using conservative approximations of the values registers and memory
325would hold when the code actually runs. For example, if our function
326starts with the instruction:
327
328@example
329addi r1, 42 # add 42 to r1
330@end example
331@noindent
332we don't know exactly what value will be in @code{r1} after executing
333this instruction, but we do know it'll be 42 greater than its original
334value.
335
336If we then see an instruction like:
337
338@example
339addi r1, 22 # add 22 to r1
340@end example
341@noindent
342we still don't know what @code{r1's} value is, but again, we can say
343it is now 64 greater than its original value.
344
345If the next instruction were:
346
347@example
348mov r2, r1 # set r2 to r1's value
349@end example
350@noindent
351then we can say that @code{r2's} value is now the original value of
352@code{r1} plus 64.
353
354It's common for prologues to save registers on the stack, so we'll
355need to track the values of stack frame slots, as well as the
356registers. So after an instruction like this:
357
358@example
359mov (fp+4), r2
360@end example
361@noindent
362then we'd know that the stack slot four bytes above the frame pointer
363holds the original value of @code{r1} plus 64.
364
365And so on.
366
367Of course, this can only go so far before it gets unreasonable. If we
368wanted to be able to say anything about the value of @code{r1} after
369the instruction:
370
371@example
372xor r1, r3 # exclusive-or r1 and r3, place result in r1
373@end example
374@noindent
375then things would get pretty complex. But remember, we're just doing
376a conservative approximation; if exclusive-or instructions aren't
377relevant to prologues, we can just say @code{r1}'s value is now
378``unknown''. We can ignore things that are too complex, if that loss of
379information is acceptable for our application.
380
381So when we say ``conservative approximation'' here, what we mean is an
382approximation that is either accurate, or marked ``unknown'', but
383never inaccurate.
384
385Using this framework, a prologue analyzer is simply an interpreter for
386machine code, but one that uses conservative approximations for the
387contents of registers and memory instead of actual values. Starting
388from the function's entry point, you simulate instructions up to the
389current PC, or an instruction that you don't know how to simulate.
390Now you can examine the state of the registers and stack slots you've
391kept track of.
392
393@itemize @bullet
394
395@item
396To see how large your stack frame is, just check the value of the
397stack pointer register; if it's the original value of the SP
398minus a constant, then that constant is the stack frame's size.
399If the SP's value has been marked as ``unknown'', then that means
400the prologue has done something too complex for us to track, and
401we don't know the frame size.
402
403@item
404To see where we've saved the previous frame's registers, we just
405search the values we've tracked --- stack slots, usually, but
406registers, too, if you want --- for something equal to the register's
407original value. If the calling conventions suggest a standard place
408to save a given register, then we can check there first, but really,
409anything that will get us back the original value will probably work.
410@end itemize
411
412This does take some work. But prologue analyzers aren't
413quick-and-simple pattern patching to recognize a few fixed prologue
414forms any more; they're big, hairy functions. Along with inferior
415function calls, prologue analysis accounts for a substantial portion
416of the time needed to stabilize a @value{GDBN} port. So it's
417worthwhile to look for an approach that will be easier to understand
418and maintain. In the approach described above:
419
420@itemize @bullet
421
422@item
423It's easier to see that the analyzer is correct: you just see
b247355e 424whether the analyzer properly (albeit conservatively) simulates
7d30c22d
JB
425the effect of each instruction.
426
427@item
428It's easier to extend the analyzer: you can add support for new
429instructions, and know that you haven't broken anything that
430wasn't already broken before.
431
432@item
433It's orthogonal: to gather new information, you don't need to
434complicate the code for each instruction. As long as your domain
435of conservative values is already detailed enough to tell you
436what you need, then all the existing instruction simulations are
437already gathering the right data for you.
438
439@end itemize
440
441The file @file{prologue-value.h} contains detailed comments explaining
442the framework and how to use it.
443
444
c906108c
SS
445@section Breakpoint Handling
446
56caf160 447@cindex breakpoints
c906108c
SS
448In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program
449where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches
450that location.
451
452There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as ``hardware''
453breakpoints or as ``software'' breakpoints.
454
56caf160
EZ
455@cindex hardware breakpoints
456@cindex program counter
c906108c
SS
457Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging
458features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated
459register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC
56caf160 460(shorthand for @dfn{program counter})
c906108c 461ever matches a value in a breakpoint registers, the CPU raises an
56caf160
EZ
462exception and reports it to @value{GDBN}.
463
464Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators
465include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the
466processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's
467address.
468
469A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do
470breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own
471software breakpoints. So although these are not literally ``hardware
472breakpoints'', from @value{GDBN}'s point of view they work the same;
50e3ee83 473@value{GDBN} need not do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait
56caf160 474for something to happen.
c906108c
SS
475
476Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be
56caf160 477limited in number; when the user asks for more, @value{GDBN} will
9742079a 478start trying to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures,
937f164b 479notably the 32-bit x86 platforms, @value{GDBN} cannot always know
9742079a
EZ
480whether there's enough hardware resources to insert all the hardware
481breakpoints and watchpoints. On those platforms, @value{GDBN} prints
482an error message only when the program being debugged is continued.)
56caf160
EZ
483
484@cindex software breakpoints
485Software breakpoints require @value{GDBN} to do somewhat more work.
486The basic theory is that @value{GDBN} will replace a program
487instruction with a trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction
488that will cause an exception, and then when it's encountered,
489@value{GDBN} will take the exception and stop the program. When the
490user says to continue, @value{GDBN} will restore the original
c906108c
SS
491instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue on.
492
493Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program area
be9c6c35 494must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. It
c906108c 495can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves,
56caf160 496although such a situation would be highly unusual.
c906108c
SS
497
498Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest size of
499instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might be a jump
500target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the middle of the
501breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the breakpoint must be no
502larger than the smallest interval between instructions that may be jump
503targets; perhaps there is an architecture where only even-numbered
504instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's possible for an instruction
505set not to have any instructions usable for a software breakpoint,
506although in practice only the ARC has failed to define such an
507instruction.
508
c906108c
SS
509Basic breakpoint object handling is in @file{breakpoint.c}. However,
510much of the interesting breakpoint action is in @file{infrun.c}.
511
8181d85f
DJ
512@table @code
513@cindex insert or remove software breakpoint
514@findex target_remove_breakpoint
515@findex target_insert_breakpoint
516@item target_remove_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
517@itemx target_insert_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
518Insert or remove a software breakpoint at address
519@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
520non-zero for failure. On input, @var{bp_tgt} contains the address of the
521breakpoint, and is otherwise initialized to zero. The fields of the
522@code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by @var{bp_tgt} are updated
523to contain other information about the breakpoint on output. The field
524@code{placed_address} may be updated if the breakpoint was placed at a
525related address; the field @code{shadow_contents} contains the real
526contents of the bytes where the breakpoint has been inserted,
527if reading memory would return the breakpoint instead of the
528underlying memory; the field @code{shadow_len} is the length of
529memory cached in @code{shadow_contents}, if any; and the field
530@code{placed_size} is optionally set and used by the target, if
531it could differ from @code{shadow_len}.
532
533For example, the remote target @samp{Z0} packet does not require
534shadowing memory, so @code{shadow_len} is left at zero. However,
4a9bb1df 535the length reported by @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} is cached in
8181d85f
DJ
536@code{placed_size}, so that a matching @samp{z0} packet can be
537used to remove the breakpoint.
538
539@cindex insert or remove hardware breakpoint
540@findex target_remove_hw_breakpoint
541@findex target_insert_hw_breakpoint
542@item target_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
543@itemx target_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
544Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address
545@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
546non-zero for failure. See @code{target_insert_breakpoint} for
547a description of the @code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by
548@var{bp_tgt}; the @code{shadow_contents} and
549@code{shadow_len} members are not used for hardware breakpoints,
550but @code{placed_size} may be.
551@end table
552
c906108c
SS
553@section Single Stepping
554
555@section Signal Handling
556
557@section Thread Handling
558
559@section Inferior Function Calls
560
561@section Longjmp Support
562
56caf160 563@cindex @code{longjmp} debugging
25822942 564@value{GDBN} has support for figuring out that the target is doing a
c906108c
SS
565@code{longjmp} and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are
566stepping. This is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints,
56caf160
EZ
567which are visible in the output of the @samp{maint info breakpoint}
568command.
c906108c 569
4a9bb1df
UW
570@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
571To make this work, you need to define a function called
1f70da6a
SS
572@code{gdbarch_get_longjmp_target}, which will examine the
573@code{jmp_buf} structure and extract the @code{longjmp} target address.
574Since @code{jmp_buf} is target specific and typically defined in a
575target header not available to @value{GDBN}, you will need to
576determine the offset of the PC manually and return that; many targets
577define a @code{jb_pc_offset} field in the tdep structure to save the
578value once calculated.
c906108c 579
9742079a
EZ
580@section Watchpoints
581@cindex watchpoints
582
583Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (@pxref{Algorithms,
584breakpoints}) which break when data is accessed rather than when some
585instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without
586your knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to
587hunt down and kill such bugs.
588
589@cindex hardware watchpoints
590@cindex software watchpoints
591Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type is
592known as ``software watchpoints.'' @value{GDBN} always uses
593hardware-assisted watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on
594software watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where @value{GDBN}
595will use software watchpoints are:
596
597@itemize @bullet
598@item
599The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware
600watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can watch up
601to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures whose size is
602more than 16 bytes will cause @value{GDBN} to use software
603watchpoints.
604
605@item
606The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in
607registers (as opposed to memory).
608
609@item
610Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures,
611this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program is
612resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for hardware
613breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many hardware
614breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail.
615
616@item
617No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target
618implementation.
619@end itemize
620
621Software watchpoints are very slow, since @value{GDBN} needs to
622single-step the program being debugged and test the value of the
623watched expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this
624section is mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints.
625
b6b8ece6
EZ
626When the inferior stops, @value{GDBN} tries to establish, among other
627possible reasons, whether it stopped due to a watchpoint being hit.
d983da9c
DJ
628It first uses @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to see if any watchpoint
629was hit. If not, all watchpoint checking is skipped.
630
631Then @value{GDBN} calls @code{target_stopped_data_address} exactly
632once. This method returns the address of the watchpoint which
633triggered, if the target can determine it. If the triggered address
634is available, @value{GDBN} compares the address returned by this
635method with each watched memory address in each active watchpoint.
636For data-read and data-access watchpoints, @value{GDBN} announces
637every watchpoint that watches the triggered address as being hit.
638For this reason, data-read and data-access watchpoints
639@emph{require} that the triggered address be available; if not, read
640and access watchpoints will never be considered hit. For data-write
641watchpoints, if the triggered address is available, @value{GDBN}
642considers only those watchpoints which match that address;
643otherwise, @value{GDBN} considers all data-write watchpoints. For
644each data-write watchpoint that @value{GDBN} considers, it evaluates
645the expression whose value is being watched, and tests whether the
646watched value has changed. Watchpoints whose watched values have
647changed are announced as hit.
b6b8ece6 648
1f70da6a
SS
649@c FIXME move these to the main lists of target/native defns
650
9742079a
EZ
651@value{GDBN} uses several macros and primitives to support hardware
652watchpoints:
653
654@table @code
655@findex TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
656@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
657If defined, the target supports hardware watchpoints.
1f70da6a 658(Currently only used for several native configs.)
9742079a
EZ
659
660@findex TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
661@item TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (@var{type}, @var{count}, @var{other})
662Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type @var{type} that are
663possible to be set. The value is positive if @var{count} watchpoints
664of this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is
665not supported, and negative if @var{count} is more than the maximum
666number of watchpoints of type @var{type} that can be set. @var{other}
667is non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there
668are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types at
669the same time).
670
671@findex TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
672@item TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{len})
673Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
674whose address is @var{addr} and whose length in bytes is @var{len}.
675
b6b8ece6 676@cindex insert or remove hardware watchpoint
9742079a
EZ
677@findex target_insert_watchpoint
678@findex target_remove_watchpoint
679@item target_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
680@itemx target_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
681Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at @var{addr}, for
682@var{len} bytes. @var{type} is the watchpoint type, one of the
683possible values of the enumerated data type @code{target_hw_bp_type},
684defined by @file{breakpoint.h} as follows:
685
474c8240 686@smallexample
9742079a
EZ
687 enum target_hw_bp_type
688 @{
689 hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */
690 hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */
691 hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */
692 hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */
693 @};
474c8240 694@end smallexample
9742079a
EZ
695
696@noindent
697These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure.
698
9742079a 699@findex target_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
700@item target_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
701If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, place the address
702associated with the watchpoint at the location pointed to by
d983da9c
DJ
703@var{addr_p} and return non-zero. Otherwise, return zero. This
704is required for data-read and data-access watchpoints. It is
705not required for data-write watchpoints, but @value{GDBN} uses
706it to improve handling of those also.
707
708@value{GDBN} will only call this method once per watchpoint stop,
709immediately after calling @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}. If the
710target's watchpoint indication is sticky, i.e., stays set after
711resuming, this method should clear it. For instance, the x86 debug
712control register has sticky triggered flags.
9742079a 713
5009afc5
AS
714@findex target_watchpoint_addr_within_range
715@item target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (@var{target}, @var{addr}, @var{start}, @var{length})
716Check whether @var{addr} (as returned by @code{target_stopped_data_address})
717lies within the hardware-defined watchpoint region described by
718@var{start} and @var{length}. This only needs to be provided if the
719granularity of a watchpoint is greater than one byte, i.e., if the
720watchpoint can also trigger on nearby addresses outside of the watched
721region.
722
9742079a
EZ
723@findex HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
724@item HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
725If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a
5009afc5 726watchpoint to step over it. Like @code{gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint},
d983da9c
DJ
727this is usually set when watchpoints trigger at the instruction
728which will perform an interesting read or write. It should be
729set if there is a temporary disable bit which allows the processor
730to step over the interesting instruction without raising the
731watchpoint exception again.
9742079a 732
4a9bb1df
UW
733@findex gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint
734@item int gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint (@var{gdbarch})
735If it returns a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} should disable a
d983da9c
DJ
736watchpoint to step the inferior over it. This is usually set when
737watchpoints trigger at the instruction which will perform an
738interesting read or write.
9742079a
EZ
739
740@findex HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
741@item HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
742If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the
d983da9c
DJ
743inferior after a watchpoint has been hit. This is usually set
744when watchpoints trigger at the instruction following an interesting
745read or write.
9742079a
EZ
746
747@findex CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
748@item CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
749If this is defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} will remove all
750watchpoints before stepping the inferior.
751
752@findex STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT
753@item STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (@var{wait_status})
754Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. @var{wait_status} is of
755the type @code{struct target_waitstatus}, defined by @file{target.h}.
b6b8ece6
EZ
756Normally, this macro is defined to invoke the function pointed to by
757the @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} member of the structure (of the
758type @code{target_ops}, defined on @file{target.h}) that describes the
759target-specific operations; @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} ignores
760the @var{wait_status} argument.
761
762@value{GDBN} does not require the non-zero value returned by
763@code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to be 100% correct, so if a target cannot
764determine for sure whether the inferior stopped due to a watchpoint,
765it could return non-zero ``just in case''.
9742079a
EZ
766@end table
767
d983da9c
DJ
768@subsection Watchpoints and Threads
769@cindex watchpoints, with threads
770
771@value{GDBN} only supports process-wide watchpoints, which trigger
772in all threads. @value{GDBN} uses the thread ID to make watchpoints
773act as if they were thread-specific, but it cannot set hardware
774watchpoints that only trigger in a specific thread. Therefore, even
775if the target supports threads, per-thread debug registers, and
776watchpoints which only affect a single thread, it should set the
777per-thread debug registers for all threads to the same value. On
778@sc{gnu}/Linux native targets, this is accomplished by using
779@code{ALL_LWPS} in @code{target_insert_watchpoint} and
780@code{target_remove_watchpoint} and by using
781@code{linux_set_new_thread} to register a handler for newly created
782threads.
783
784@value{GDBN}'s @sc{gnu}/Linux support only reports a single event
785at a time, although multiple events can trigger simultaneously for
786multi-threaded programs. When multiple events occur, @file{linux-nat.c}
787queues subsequent events and returns them the next time the program
788is resumed. This means that @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} and
789@code{target_stopped_data_address} only need to consult the current
790thread's state---the thread indicated by @code{inferior_ptid}. If
791two threads have hit watchpoints simultaneously, those routines
792will be called a second time for the second thread.
793
9742079a
EZ
794@subsection x86 Watchpoints
795@cindex x86 debug registers
796@cindex watchpoints, on x86
797
798The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a.@: ia32) processors feature special debug
799registers designed to facilitate debugging. @value{GDBN} provides a
800generic library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement
801support for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This
802subsection documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in @value{GDBN}.
803
1f70da6a
SS
804(At present, the library functions read and write debug registers directly, and are
805thus only available for native configurations.)
806
9742079a
EZ
807To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the
808following:
809
810@itemize @bullet
811@findex I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
812@item
813Define the macro @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS} somewhere in the
814target-dependent headers.
815
816@item
817Include the @file{config/i386/nm-i386.h} header file @emph{after}
818defining @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
819
820@item
821Add @file{i386-nat.o} to the value of the Make variable
f0323ca0 822@code{NATDEPFILES} (@pxref{Native Debugging, NATDEPFILES}).
9742079a
EZ
823
824@item
825Provide implementations for the @code{I386_DR_LOW_*} macros described
826below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific function
827which does the real work.
828@end itemize
829
830The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the
831debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the
832real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to
833provide:
834
835@table @code
836@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL
837@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (@var{val})
838Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value @var{val}.
839
840@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR
841@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (@var{idx}, @var{addr})
842Put the address @var{addr} into the debug register number @var{idx}.
843
844@findex I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR
845@item I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (@var{idx})
846Reset (i.e.@: zero out) the address stored in the debug register
847number @var{idx}.
848
849@findex I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
850@item I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
851Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is
852used immediately after it is returned by
853@code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}, so as to support per-thread status
854register values.
855@end table
856
857For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3)
858that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by @value{GDBN},
859to allow sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This
860allows users to define several watchpoints that watch the same
861expression, but with different conditions and/or commands, without
862wasting debug registers which are in short supply. @value{GDBN}
863maintains the reference counts internally, targets don't have to do
864anything to use this feature.
865
866The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4
867bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region
868be appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte
869region on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in
870@value{GDBN} can watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4
871bytes (up to 16 bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch
872a single region. This allocation of several registers per a watched
873region is also done automatically without target code intervention.
874
875The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the
876@value{GDBN}'s application code:
877
878@table @code
879@findex i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint
880@item i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len})
881The macro @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is set to call
882this function. It counts the number of debug registers required to
883watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number is
884less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86
885processors.
886
887@findex i386_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
888@item i386_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
889The target function
890@code{target_stopped_data_address} is set to call this function.
891This
9742079a
EZ
892function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
893Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
894macro, and returns the address associated with the first bit that is
895set in DR6.
896
ac77d04f
JJ
897@findex i386_stopped_by_watchpoint
898@item i386_stopped_by_watchpoint (void)
899The macro @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}
900is set to call this function. The
901argument passed to @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} is ignored. This
902function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
903Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
904macro, and returns true if any bit is set. Otherwise, false is
905returned.
906
9742079a
EZ
907@findex i386_insert_watchpoint
908@findex i386_remove_watchpoint
909@item i386_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
910@itemx i386_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
911Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros
912@code{target_insert_watchpoint} and @code{target_remove_watchpoint}
913are set to call these functions. @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} first
914looks for a debug register which is already set to watch the same
915region for the same access types; if found, it just increments the
916reference count of that debug register, thus implementing debug
917register sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found,
937f164b
FF
918the function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored
919value to @var{addr}, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control
9742079a
EZ
920register as appropriate for the @var{len} and @var{type} parameters,
921and then passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the
922inferior by calling @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR} and
923@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If more than one debug register is
924required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated for
925each debug register.
926
927@code{i386_remove_watchpoint} does the opposite: it resets the address
937f164b
FF
928in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and
929length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new
9742079a
EZ
930values to the inferior via @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and
931@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If a register is shared by several
932watchpoints, each time a @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} is called, it
933decrements the reference count, and only calls
934@code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL} when
935the count goes to zero.
936
937@findex i386_insert_hw_breakpoint
938@findex i386_remove_hw_breakpoint
8181d85f
DJ
939@item i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
940@itemx i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
9742079a
EZ
941These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. The
942macros @code{target_insert_hw_breakpoint} and
943@code{target_remove_hw_breakpoint} are set to call these functions.
8181d85f
DJ
944The argument is a @code{struct bp_target_info *}, as described in
945the documentation for @code{target_insert_breakpoint}.
9742079a
EZ
946These functions work like @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} and
947@code{i386_remove_watchpoint}, respectively, except that they set up
948the debug registers to watch instruction execution, and each
949hardware-assisted breakpoint always requires exactly one debug
950register.
951
952@findex i386_stopped_by_hwbp
953@item i386_stopped_by_hwbp (void)
954This function returns non-zero if the inferior has some watchpoint or
955hardware breakpoint that triggered. It works like
ac77d04f 956@code{i386_stopped_data_address}, except that it doesn't record the
9742079a
EZ
957address whose watchpoint triggered.
958
959@findex i386_cleanup_dregs
960@item i386_cleanup_dregs (void)
961This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and control
962bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It doesn't affect
963the actual debug registers in the inferior process.
964@end table
965
966@noindent
967@strong{Notes:}
968@enumerate 1
969@item
970x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes.
971However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and since
972@code{enum target_hw_bp_type} doesn't even have an enumeration for I/O
973watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to @value{GDBN} running
974on x86.
975
976@item
977x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task
978only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register,
979there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines
980whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The
981current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in @value{GDBN}
982always sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global
983watchpoints might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably
984unavailable in many platforms.
985@end enumerate
986
5c95884b
MS
987@section Checkpoints
988@cindex checkpoints
989@cindex restart
990In the abstract, a checkpoint is a point in the execution history of
991the program, which the user may wish to return to at some later time.
992
993Internally, a checkpoint is a saved copy of the program state, including
994whatever information is required in order to restore the program to that
995state at a later time. This can be expected to include the state of
996registers and memory, and may include external state such as the state
997of open files and devices.
998
999There are a number of ways in which checkpoints may be implemented
b247355e 1000in gdb, e.g.@: as corefiles, as forked processes, and as some opaque
5c95884b
MS
1001method implemented on the target side.
1002
1003A corefile can be used to save an image of target memory and register
1004state, which can in principle be restored later --- but corefiles do
1005not typically include information about external entities such as
1006open files. Currently this method is not implemented in gdb.
1007
1008A forked process can save the state of user memory and registers,
1009as well as some subset of external (kernel) state. This method
1010is used to implement checkpoints on Linux, and in principle might
1011be used on other systems.
1012
b247355e 1013Some targets, e.g.@: simulators, might have their own built-in
5c95884b
MS
1014method for saving checkpoints, and gdb might be able to take
1015advantage of that capability without necessarily knowing any
1016details of how it is done.
1017
1018
bcd7e15f
JB
1019@section Observing changes in @value{GDBN} internals
1020@cindex observer pattern interface
1021@cindex notifications about changes in internals
1022
1023In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when
1024some changes occur in the @value{GDBN} internals. Traditionally, these
1025modules have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being
1026hooks and gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was
1027versatile enough to become the standard notification mechanism in
1028@value{GDBN}. The fact that they only supported one ``client'' was also
1029a strong limitation.
1030
1031A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the @cite{Design
1032Patterns} book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide
1033a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms
1034previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed,
1035easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard
1036interface when adding new notifications.
1037
1038See @ref{GDB Observers} for a brief description of the observers
1039currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current
1040implementation is also briefly discussed.
1041
c906108c
SS
1042@node User Interface
1043
1044@chapter User Interface
1045
1f70da6a
SS
1046@value{GDBN} has several user interfaces, of which the traditional
1047command-line interface is perhaps the most familiar.
c906108c
SS
1048
1049@section Command Interpreter
1050
56caf160 1051@cindex command interpreter
0ee54786 1052@cindex CLI
25822942 1053The command interpreter in @value{GDBN} is fairly simple. It is designed to
c906108c
SS
1054allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also
1055has a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to
1056a command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list.
1057
56caf160
EZ
1058For instance, the @samp{set} command just starts a lookup on the
1059@code{setlist} command list, while @samp{set thread} recurses
c906108c
SS
1060to the @code{set_thread_cmd_list}.
1061
56caf160
EZ
1062@findex add_cmd
1063@findex add_com
c906108c
SS
1064To add commands in general, use @code{add_cmd}. @code{add_com} adds to
1065the main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual
cfeada60 1066place to add commands is in the @code{_initialize_@var{xyz}} routines at
9742079a 1067the ends of most source files.
cfeada60 1068
40dd2248
TT
1069@findex add_setshow_cmd
1070@findex add_setshow_cmd_full
1071To add paired @samp{set} and @samp{show} commands, use
1072@code{add_setshow_cmd} or @code{add_setshow_cmd_full}. The former is
1073a slightly simpler interface which is useful when you don't need to
1074further modify the new command structures, while the latter returns
1075the new command structures for manipulation.
1076
56caf160
EZ
1077@cindex deprecating commands
1078@findex deprecate_cmd
cfeada60
FN
1079Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to
1080deprecate them for some time. Use @code{deprecate_cmd} on commands or
1081aliases to set the deprecated flag. @code{deprecate_cmd} takes a
1082@code{struct cmd_list_element} as it's first argument. You can use the
1083return value from @code{add_com} or @code{add_cmd} to deprecate the
1084command immediately after it is created.
1085
c72e7388 1086The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered a
cfeada60 1087replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed to
d3e8051b 1088@code{deprecate_cmd} should be the full name of the command, i.e., the
cfeada60 1089entire string the user should type at the command line.
c906108c 1090
0ee54786
EZ
1091@section UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out} Functions
1092@c This section is based on the documentation written by Fernando
1093@c Nasser <fnasser@redhat.com>.
1094
1095@cindex @code{ui_out} functions
1096The @code{ui_out} functions present an abstraction level for the
1097@value{GDBN} output code. They hide the specifics of different user
1098interfaces supported by @value{GDBN}, and thus free the programmer
1099from the need to write several versions of the same code, one each for
1100every UI, to produce output.
1101
1102@subsection Overview and Terminology
1103
1104In general, execution of each @value{GDBN} command produces some sort
1105of output, and can even generate an input request.
1106
1107Output can be generated for the following purposes:
1108
1109@itemize @bullet
1110@item
1111to display a @emph{result} of an operation;
1112
1113@item
1114to convey @emph{info} or produce side-effects of a requested
1115operation;
1116
1117@item
1118to provide a @emph{notification} of an asynchronous event (including
1119progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation);
1120
1121@item
1122to display @emph{error messages} (including warnings);
1123
1124@item
1125to show @emph{debug data};
1126
1127@item
1128to @emph{query} or prompt a user for input (a special case).
1129@end itemize
1130
1131@noindent
1132This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output,
1133although some of it also applies to other kinds of output.
1134
1135Generation of output that displays the results of an operation
1136involves one or more of the following:
1137
1138@itemize @bullet
1139@item
1140output of the actual data
1141
1142@item
1143formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it
1144easily readable by humans
1145
1146@item
1147machine oriented formatting--a more terse formatting to allow for easy
1148parsing by programs which read @value{GDBN}'s output
1149
1150@item
c72e7388
AC
1151annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify interesting
1152parts in the output
0ee54786
EZ
1153@end itemize
1154
1155The @code{ui_out} routines take care of the first three aspects.
c72e7388
AC
1156Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use
1157of annotations for an interface between a GUI and @value{GDBN} is
0ee54786
EZ
1158deprecated.
1159
c72e7388
AC
1160Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a @dfn{field};
1161a @dfn{list} consisting of identical fields; a @dfn{tuple} consisting of
1162non-identical fields; or a @dfn{table}, which is a tuple consisting of a
1163header and a body. In a BNF-like form:
0ee54786 1164
c72e7388
AC
1165@table @code
1166@item <table> @expansion{}
1167@code{<header> <body>}
1168@item <header> @expansion{}
1169@code{@{ <column> @}}
1170@item <column> @expansion{}
1171@code{<width> <alignment> <title>}
1172@item <body> @expansion{}
1173@code{@{<row>@}}
1174@end table
0ee54786
EZ
1175
1176
1177@subsection General Conventions
1178
c72e7388
AC
1179Most @code{ui_out} routines are of type @code{void}, the exceptions are
1180@code{ui_out_stream_new} (which returns a pointer to the newly created
1181object) and the @code{make_cleanup} routines.
0ee54786 1182
c72e7388
AC
1183The first parameter is always the @code{ui_out} vector object, a pointer
1184to a @code{struct ui_out}.
0ee54786 1185
c72e7388
AC
1186The @var{format} parameter is like in @code{printf} family of functions.
1187When it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments
1188sufficient used to satisfy the @code{%} specifiers in the supplied
0ee54786
EZ
1189format.
1190
c72e7388
AC
1191When a character string argument is not used in a @code{ui_out} function
1192call, a @code{NULL} pointer has to be supplied instead.
0ee54786
EZ
1193
1194
c72e7388 1195@subsection Table, Tuple and List Functions
0ee54786
EZ
1196
1197@cindex list output functions
1198@cindex table output functions
c72e7388
AC
1199@cindex tuple output functions
1200This section introduces @code{ui_out} routines for building lists,
1201tuples and tables. The routines to output the actual data items
1202(fields) are presented in the next section.
0ee54786 1203
c72e7388
AC
1204To recap: A @dfn{tuple} is a sequence of @dfn{fields}, each field
1205containing information about an object; a @dfn{list} is a sequence of
1206fields where each field describes an identical object.
0ee54786 1207
c72e7388
AC
1208Use the @dfn{table} functions when your output consists of a list of
1209rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this
1210even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header.
0ee54786
EZ
1211
1212@cindex nesting level in @code{ui_out} functions
c72e7388
AC
1213Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a
1214maximum of five levels.
0ee54786
EZ
1215
1216The overall structure of the table output code is something like this:
1217
474c8240 1218@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1219 ui_out_table_begin
1220 ui_out_table_header
c72e7388 1221 @dots{}
0ee54786 1222 ui_out_table_body
c72e7388 1223 ui_out_tuple_begin
0ee54786 1224 ui_out_field_*
c72e7388
AC
1225 @dots{}
1226 ui_out_tuple_end
1227 @dots{}
0ee54786 1228 ui_out_table_end
474c8240 1229@end smallexample
0ee54786 1230
c72e7388 1231Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related @code{ui_out}
0ee54786
EZ
1232functions:
1233
c72e7388
AC
1234@deftypefun void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nbrofcols}, int @var{nr_rows}, const char *@var{tblid})
1235The function @code{ui_out_table_begin} marks the beginning of the output
1236of a table. It should always be called before any other @code{ui_out}
1237function for a given table. @var{nbrofcols} is the number of columns in
1238the table. @var{nr_rows} is the number of rows in the table.
1239@var{tblid} is an optional string identifying the table. The string
1240pointed to by @var{tblid} is copied by the implementation of
1241@code{ui_out_table_begin}, so the application can free the string if it
1242was @code{malloc}ed.
0ee54786
EZ
1243
1244The companion function @code{ui_out_table_end}, described below, marks
1245the end of the table's output.
1246@end deftypefun
1247
c72e7388
AC
1248@deftypefun void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{colhdr})
1249@code{ui_out_table_header} provides the header information for a single
1250table column. You call this function several times, one each for every
1251column of the table, after @code{ui_out_table_begin}, but before
1252@code{ui_out_table_body}.
0ee54786
EZ
1253
1254The value of @var{width} gives the column width in characters. The
1255value of @var{alignment} is one of @code{left}, @code{center}, and
1256@code{right}, and it specifies how to align the header: left-justify,
1257center, or right-justify it. @var{colhdr} points to a string that
1258specifies the column header; the implementation copies that string, so
c72e7388
AC
1259column header strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed after the
1260call.
0ee54786
EZ
1261@end deftypefun
1262
1263@deftypefun void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388 1264This function delimits the table header from the table body.
0ee54786
EZ
1265@end deftypefun
1266
1267@deftypefun void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1268This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be called
1269after the table body has been produced by the list and field output
1270functions.
0ee54786
EZ
1271
1272There should be exactly one call to @code{ui_out_table_end} for each
c72e7388
AC
1273call to @code{ui_out_table_begin}, otherwise the @code{ui_out} functions
1274will signal an internal error.
0ee54786
EZ
1275@end deftypefun
1276
c72e7388 1277The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow the
0ee54786 1278call to @code{ui_out_table_body} and precede the call to
c72e7388
AC
1279@code{ui_out_table_end}. You build a tuple by calling
1280@code{ui_out_tuple_begin} and @code{ui_out_tuple_end}, with suitable
0ee54786
EZ
1281calls to functions which actually output fields between them.
1282
c72e7388
AC
1283@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1284This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. @var{id} points
1285to an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the
1286implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1287after the call.
1288@end deftypefun
1289
1290@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1291This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be exactly
1292one call to @code{ui_out_tuple_end} for each call to
1293@code{ui_out_tuple_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1294be signaled.
1295@end deftypefun
1296
1297@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1298This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup
1299(@pxref{Coding, Cleanups}) to close the tuple. It provides a convenient
1300and correct implementation of the non-portable@footnote{The function
b9aa90c9 1301cast is not portable ISO C.} code sequence:
c72e7388
AC
1302@smallexample
1303struct cleanup *old_cleanup;
1304ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "...");
1305old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end,
1306 uiout);
1307@end smallexample
1308@end deftypefun
1309
1310@deftypefun void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1311This function marks the beginning of a list output. @var{id} points to
1312an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the
1313implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1314after the call.
0ee54786
EZ
1315@end deftypefun
1316
1317@deftypefun void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1318This function signals an end of a list output. There should be exactly
1319one call to @code{ui_out_list_end} for each call to
1320@code{ui_out_list_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1321be signaled.
1322@end deftypefun
1323
1324@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1325Similar to @code{make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end}, this function
1326opens a list and then establishes cleanup (@pxref{Coding, Cleanups})
f66d1690 1327that will close the list.
0ee54786
EZ
1328@end deftypefun
1329
1330@subsection Item Output Functions
1331
1332@cindex item output functions
1333@cindex field output functions
1334@cindex data output
1335The functions described below produce output for the actual data
1336items, or fields, which contain information about the object.
1337
1338Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs.
1339
1340@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{fldname}, char *@var{format}, ...)
1341This is the most general output function. It produces the
1342representation of the data in the variable-length argument list
1343according to formatting specifications in @var{format}, a
1344@code{printf}-like format string. The optional argument @var{fldname}
1345supplies the name of the field. The data items themselves are
1346supplied as additional arguments after @var{format}.
1347
1348This generic function should be used only when it is not possible to
1349use one of the specialized versions (see below).
1350@end deftypefun
1351
c72e7388 1352@deftypefun void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
0ee54786
EZ
1353This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It uses the
1354@code{"%d"} output conversion specification. @var{fldname} specifies
1355the name of the field.
1356@end deftypefun
8d19fbd2
JJ
1357
1358@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
1359This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It differs from
1360@code{ui_out_field_int} in that the caller specifies the desired @var{width} and @var{alignment} of the output.
1361@var{fldname} specifies
1362the name of the field.
1363@end deftypefun
0ee54786 1364
c72e7388 1365@deftypefun void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
0ee54786
EZ
1366This function outputs an address.
1367@end deftypefun
1368
c72e7388 1369@deftypefun void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1370This function outputs a string using the @code{"%s"} conversion
1371specification.
1372@end deftypefun
1373
1374Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using
1375functions that operate on a stream, such as @code{value_print} or
1376@code{fprintf_symbol_filtered}. These functions accept an argument of
1377the type @code{struct ui_file *}, a pointer to a @code{ui_file} object
1378used to store the data stream used for the output. When you use one
1379of these functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a
1380@code{ui_file} object to the @code{ui_out} functions. To this end,
1381you first create a @code{ui_stream} object by calling
1382@code{ui_out_stream_new}, pass the @code{stream} member of that
1383@code{ui_stream} object to @code{value_print} and similar functions,
1384and finally call @code{ui_out_field_stream} to output the field you
1385constructed. When the @code{ui_stream} object is no longer needed,
1386you should destroy it and free its memory by calling
1387@code{ui_out_stream_delete}.
1388
1389@deftypefun struct ui_stream *ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1390This function creates a new @code{ui_stream} object which uses the
1391same output methods as the @code{ui_out} object whose pointer is
1392passed in @var{uiout}. It returns a pointer to the newly created
1393@code{ui_stream} object.
1394@end deftypefun
1395
1396@deftypefun void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
1397This functions destroys a @code{ui_stream} object specified by
1398@var{streambuf}.
1399@end deftypefun
1400
c72e7388 1401@deftypefun void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fieldname}, struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
0ee54786
EZ
1402This function consumes all the data accumulated in
1403@code{streambuf->stream} and outputs it like
1404@code{ui_out_field_string} does. After a call to
1405@code{ui_out_field_stream}, the accumulated data no longer exists, but
1406the stream is still valid and may be used for producing more fields.
1407@end deftypefun
1408
1409@strong{Important:} If there is any chance that your code could bail
1410out before completing output generation and reaching the point where
1411@code{ui_out_stream_delete} is called, it is necessary to set up a
1412cleanup, to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a
1413skeleton code to do that:
1414
1415@smallexample
1416 struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1417 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1418 ...
1419 do_cleanups (old);
1420@end smallexample
1421
1422If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other kinds
1423of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it:
1424
1425@smallexample
1426 mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1427 make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1428@end smallexample
1429
1430Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call
1431@code{ui_out_stream_delete} directly, or you would attempt to free the
1432same buffer twice.
1433
1434@subsection Utility Output Functions
1435
c72e7388 1436@deftypefun void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname})
0ee54786
EZ
1437This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to leave
1438an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The argument
1439@var{fldname} specifies a name for the (missing) filed.
1440@end deftypefun
1441
c72e7388 1442@deftypefun void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1443This function outputs the text in @var{string} in a way that makes it
1444easy to be read by humans. For example, the console implementation of
1445this method filters the text through a built-in pager, to prevent it
1446from scrolling off the visible portion of the screen.
1447
1448Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text around
1449the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned according
1450to the table's format. Use @code{ui_out_field_string} to output a
1451string field, and use @code{ui_out_message}, described below, to
1452output short messages.
1453@end deftypefun
1454
1455@deftypefun void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nspaces})
1456This function outputs @var{nspaces} spaces. It is handy to align the
1457text produced by @code{ui_out_text} with the rest of the table or
1458list.
1459@end deftypefun
1460
c72e7388 1461@deftypefun void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{verbosity}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
0ee54786
EZ
1462This function produces a formatted message, provided that the current
1463verbosity level is at least as large as given by @var{verbosity}. The
1464current verbosity level is specified by the user with the @samp{set
1465verbositylevel} command.@footnote{As of this writing (April 2001),
1466setting verbosity level is not yet implemented, and is always returned
1467as zero. So calling @code{ui_out_message} with a @var{verbosity}
1468argument more than zero will cause the message to never be printed.}
1469@end deftypefun
1470
1471@deftypefun void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{indent})
1472This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a hint
1473of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all other
1474output consumers. @var{indent}, if non-@code{NULL}, is the string to
1475be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must remain
1476accessible until the next call to @code{ui_out_wrap_hint}, or until an
1477explicit newline is produced by one of the other functions. If
1478@var{indent} is @code{NULL}, the wrapped text will not be indented.
1479@end deftypefun
1480
1481@deftypefun void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1482This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, if
1483the UI buffers output.
1484@end deftypefun
1485
1486
1487@subsection Examples of Use of @code{ui_out} functions
1488
1489@cindex using @code{ui_out} functions
1490@cindex @code{ui_out} functions, usage examples
1491This section gives some practical examples of using the @code{ui_out}
1492functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in
1493@value{GDBN}. The examples all come from functions defined on the
1494@file{breakpoints.c} file.
1495
1496This example, from the @code{breakpoint_1} function, shows how to
1497produce a table.
1498
1499The original code was:
1500
474c8240 1501@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1502 if (!found_a_breakpoint++)
1503 @{
1504 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1505
1506 annotate_field (0);
1507 printf_filtered ("Num ");
1508 annotate_field (1);
1509 printf_filtered ("Type ");
1510 annotate_field (2);
1511 printf_filtered ("Disp ");
1512 annotate_field (3);
1513 printf_filtered ("Enb ");
1514 if (addressprint)
1515 @{
1516 annotate_field (4);
1517 printf_filtered ("Address ");
1518 @}
1519 annotate_field (5);
1520 printf_filtered ("What\n");
1521
1522 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
1523 @}
474c8240 1524@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1525
1526Here's the new version:
1527
474c8240 1528@smallexample
c72e7388
AC
1529 nr_printable_breakpoints = @dots{};
1530
1531 if (addressprint)
1532 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1533 else
1534 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1535
1536 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1537 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1538 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1539 annotate_field (0);
1540 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
1541 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1542 annotate_field (1);
1543 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
1544 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1545 annotate_field (2);
1546 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
1547 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1548 annotate_field (3);
1549 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
1550 if (addressprint)
1551 @{
1552 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1553 annotate_field (4);
4a9bb1df 1554 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
c72e7388 1555 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
0ee54786 1556 else
c72e7388
AC
1557 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
1558 @}
1559 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1560 annotate_field (5);
1561 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
1562 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
1563 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1564 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
474c8240 1565@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1566
1567This example, from the @code{print_one_breakpoint} function, shows how
1568to produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined
1569in the above example. The original code was:
1570
474c8240 1571@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1572 annotate_record ();
1573 annotate_field (0);
1574 printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number);
1575 annotate_field (1);
1576 if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0]))
1577 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1578 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1579 (int)b->type);
1580 printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1581 annotate_field (2);
1582 printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1583 annotate_field (3);
1584 printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1585 @dots{}
474c8240 1586@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1587
1588This is the new version:
1589
474c8240 1590@smallexample
0ee54786 1591 annotate_record ();
c72e7388 1592 ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt");
0ee54786
EZ
1593 annotate_field (0);
1594 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
1595 annotate_field (1);
1596 if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
1597 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1598 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1599 (int) b->type);
1600 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1601 annotate_field (2);
1602 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1603 annotate_field (3);
1604 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1605 @dots{}
474c8240 1606@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1607
1608This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to
1609produce a complicated output field using the @code{print_expression}
1610functions which requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to
1611automate stream destruction with cleanups. The original code was:
1612
474c8240 1613@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1614 annotate_field (5);
1615 print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout);
474c8240 1616@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1617
1618The new version is:
1619
474c8240 1620@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1621 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1622 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
1623 ...
1624 annotate_field (5);
1625 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
1626 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream);
474c8240 1627@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1628
1629This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to use
1630@code{ui_out_text} and @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original code
1631was:
1632
474c8240 1633@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1634 annotate_field (5);
1635 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1636 printf_filtered ("<any library> ");
1637 else
1638 printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname);
474c8240 1639@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1640
1641It became:
1642
474c8240 1643@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1644 annotate_field (5);
1645 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1646 @{
1647 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
1648 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1649 @}
1650 else
1651 @{
1652 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
1653 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
1654 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1655 @}
474c8240 1656@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1657
1658The following example from @code{print_one_breakpoint} shows how to
1659use @code{ui_out_field_int} and @code{ui_out_spaces}. The original
1660code was:
1661
474c8240 1662@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1663 annotate_field (5);
1664 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1665 printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid);
474c8240 1666@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1667
1668It became:
1669
474c8240 1670@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1671 annotate_field (5);
1672 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1673 @{
1674 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
1675 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
1676 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1677 @}
474c8240 1678@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1679
1680Here's an example of using @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original
1681code was:
1682
474c8240 1683@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1684 annotate_field (5);
1685 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1686 printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname);
474c8240 1687@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1688
1689It became:
1690
474c8240 1691@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1692 annotate_field (5);
1693 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1694 @{
1695 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
1696 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
1697 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1698 @}
474c8240 1699@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1700
1701Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original code:
1702
474c8240 1703@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1704 annotate_field (4);
1705 printf_filtered ("%s ",
15a661f3 1706 hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, 8));
474c8240 1707@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1708
1709It became:
1710
474c8240 1711@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1712 annotate_field (4);
1713 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address);
474c8240 1714@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1715
1716
c906108c
SS
1717@section Console Printing
1718
1719@section TUI
1720
89437448 1721@node libgdb
c906108c 1722
89437448
AC
1723@chapter libgdb
1724
1725@section libgdb 1.0
1726@cindex @code{libgdb}
1727@code{libgdb} 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was
1728to provide an API to @value{GDBN}'s functionality.
1729
1730@section libgdb 2.0
56caf160 1731@cindex @code{libgdb}
89437448
AC
1732@code{libgdb} 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update @value{GDBN} so that is
1733better able to support graphical and other environments.
1734
1735Since @code{libgdb} development is on-going, its architecture is still
1736evolving. The following components have so far been identified:
1737
1738@itemize @bullet
1739@item
1740Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}.
1741@item
1742Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1743@item
1744Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1745@item
1746Library - @file{gdb.h}
1747@end itemize
1748
1749The model that ties these components together is described below.
1750
1751@section The @code{libgdb} Model
1752
1753A client of @code{libgdb} interacts with the library in two ways.
1754
1755@itemize @bullet
1756@item
1757As an observer (using @file{gdb-events}) receiving notifications from
1758@code{libgdb} of any internal state changes (break point changes, run
1759state, etc).
1760@item
1761As a client querying @code{libgdb} (using the @file{ui-out} builder) to
1762obtain various status values from @value{GDBN}.
1763@end itemize
1764
c1468174 1765Since @code{libgdb} could have multiple clients (e.g., a GUI supporting
89437448
AC
1766the existing @value{GDBN} CLI), those clients must co-operate when
1767controlling @code{libgdb}. In particular, a client must ensure that
1768@code{libgdb} is idle (i.e. no other client is using @code{libgdb})
1769before responding to a @file{gdb-event} by making a query.
1770
1771@section CLI support
1772
1773At present @value{GDBN}'s CLI is very much entangled in with the core of
1774@code{libgdb}. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in
1775their interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's
1776requirements.
1777
1778It is suggested that the client set @code{libgdb} up to be bi-modal
1779(alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch
1780out the theory:
1781
1782@itemize @bullet
1783@item
1784The client registers itself as an observer of @code{libgdb}.
1785@item
1786The client create and install @code{cli-out} builder using its own
1787versions of the @code{ui-file} @code{gdb_stderr}, @code{gdb_stdtarg} and
1788@code{gdb_stdout} streams.
1789@item
1790The client creates a separate custom @code{ui-out} builder that is only
1791used while making direct queries to @code{libgdb}.
1792@end itemize
1793
1794When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply passes it
1795along. Since the @code{cli-out} builder is installed by default, all
1796the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced rooted)
1797through to the client controlled @code{gdb_stdout} et.@: al.@: streams.
1798At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by
1799virtue of being a @code{libgdb} observer.
1800
1801The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until
1802@code{libgdb} becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the
1803client's custom builder).
1804
1805@section @code{libgdb} components
1806
1807@subheading Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}
1808@file{gdb-events} provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can
1809be used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one
1810observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay
1811the processing of any event notifications until after @code{libgdb} has
1812finished the current command.
1813
1814@subheading Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1815@file{ui-out} provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to
1816create a builder. That builder is then passed down to @code{libgdb}
1817when doing any queries.
1818
1819@subheading Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1820@c There could be an entire section on the event-loop
1821@file{event-loop}, currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event
1822loop. A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or,
1823implement a new event-loop that GDB would use.
1824
1825The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that
a9f12a31 1826@value{GDBN} can better handle the problem of some commands blocking
89437448
AC
1827instead of returning.
1828
1829@subheading Library - @file{gdb.h}
1830@file{libgdb} is the most obvious component of this system. It provides
1831the query interface. Each function is parameterized by a @code{ui-out}
1832builder. The result of the query is constructed using that builder
1833before the query function returns.
c906108c 1834
5f5233d4
PA
1835@node Values
1836@chapter Values
1837@section Values
1838
1839@cindex values
1840@cindex @code{value} structure
1841@value{GDBN} uses @code{struct value}, or @dfn{values}, as an internal
1842abstraction for the representation of a variety of inferior objects
1843and @value{GDBN} convenience objects.
1844
1845Values have an associated @code{struct type}, that describes a virtual
1846view of the raw data or object stored in or accessed through the
1847value.
1848
1849A value is in addition discriminated by its lvalue-ness, given its
1850@code{enum lval_type} enumeration type:
1851
1852@cindex @code{lval_type} enumeration, for values.
1853@table @code
1854@item @code{not_lval}
1855This value is not an lval. It can't be assigned to.
1856
1857@item @code{lval_memory}
1858This value represents an object in memory.
1859
1860@item @code{lval_register}
1861This value represents an object that lives in a register.
1862
1863@item @code{lval_internalvar}
1864Represents the value of an internal variable.
1865
1866@item @code{lval_internalvar_component}
1867Represents part of a @value{GDBN} internal variable. E.g., a
1868structure field.
1869
1870@cindex computed values
1871@item @code{lval_computed}
1872These are ``computed'' values. They allow creating specialized value
1873objects for specific purposes, all abstracted away from the core value
1874support code. The creator of such a value writes specialized
1875functions to handle the reading and writing to/from the value's
1876backend data, and optionally, a ``copy operator'' and a
1877``destructor''.
1878
1879Pointers to these functions are stored in a @code{struct lval_funcs}
1880instance (declared in @file{value.h}), and passed to the
1881@code{allocate_computed_value} function, as in the example below.
1882
1883@smallexample
1884static void
1885nil_value_read (struct value *v)
1886@{
1887 /* This callback reads data from some backend, and stores it in V.
1888 In this case, we always read null data. You'll want to fill in
1889 something more interesting. */
1890
1891 memset (value_contents_all_raw (v),
1892 value_offset (v),
1893 TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v)));
1894@}
1895
1896static void
1897nil_value_write (struct value *v, struct value *fromval)
1898@{
1899 /* Takes the data from FROMVAL and stores it in the backend of V. */
1900
1901 to_oblivion (value_contents_all_raw (fromval),
1902 value_offset (v),
1903 TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (fromval)));
1904@}
1905
1906static struct lval_funcs nil_value_funcs =
1907 @{
1908 nil_value_read,
1909 nil_value_write
1910 @};
1911
1912struct value *
1913make_nil_value (void)
1914@{
1915 struct type *type;
1916 struct value *v;
1917
1918 type = make_nils_type ();
1919 v = allocate_computed_value (type, &nil_value_funcs, NULL);
1920
1921 return v;
1922@}
1923@end smallexample
1924
1925See the implementation of the @code{$_siginfo} convenience variable in
1926@file{infrun.c} as a real example use of lval_computed.
1927
1928@end table
1929
669fac23
DJ
1930@node Stack Frames
1931@chapter Stack Frames
1932
1933@cindex frame
1934@cindex call stack frame
1935A frame is a construct that @value{GDBN} uses to keep track of calling
1936and called functions.
1937
1938@cindex unwind frame
1939@value{GDBN}'s frame model, a fresh design, was implemented with the
1940need to support @sc{dwarf}'s Call Frame Information in mind. In fact,
1941the term ``unwind'' is taken directly from that specification.
1942Developers wishing to learn more about unwinders, are encouraged to
1943read the @sc{dwarf} specification, available from
1944@url{http://www.dwarfstd.org}.
1945
1946@findex frame_register_unwind
1947@findex get_frame_register
1948@value{GDBN}'s model is that you find a frame's registers by
1949``unwinding'' them from the next younger frame. That is,
1950@samp{get_frame_register} which returns the value of a register in
1951frame #1 (the next-to-youngest frame), is implemented by calling frame
1952#0's @code{frame_register_unwind} (the youngest frame). But then the
1953obvious question is: how do you access the registers of the youngest
1954frame itself?
1955
1956@cindex sentinel frame
1957@findex get_frame_type
1958@vindex SENTINEL_FRAME
1959To answer this question, GDB has the @dfn{sentinel} frame, the
1960``-1st'' frame. Unwinding registers from the sentinel frame gives you
1961the current values of the youngest real frame's registers. If @var{f}
1962is a sentinel frame, then @code{get_frame_type (@var{f}) @equiv{}
1963SENTINEL_FRAME}.
1964
1965@section Selecting an Unwinder
1966
1967@findex frame_unwind_prepend_unwinder
1968@findex frame_unwind_append_unwinder
1969The architecture registers a list of frame unwinders (@code{struct
1970frame_unwind}), using the functions
1971@code{frame_unwind_prepend_unwinder} and
1972@code{frame_unwind_append_unwinder}. Each unwinder includes a
1973sniffer. Whenever @value{GDBN} needs to unwind a frame (to fetch the
1974previous frame's registers or the current frame's ID), it calls
1975registered sniffers in order to find one which recognizes the frame.
1976The first time a sniffer returns non-zero, the corresponding unwinder
1977is assigned to the frame.
1978
1979@section Unwinding the Frame ID
1980@cindex frame ID
1981
1982Every frame has an associated ID, of type @code{struct frame_id}.
1983The ID includes the stack base and function start address for
1984the frame. The ID persists through the entire life of the frame,
1985including while other called frames are running; it is used to
1986locate an appropriate @code{struct frame_info} from the cache.
1987
1988Every time the inferior stops, and at various other times, the frame
1989cache is flushed. Because of this, parts of @value{GDBN} which need
1990to keep track of individual frames cannot use pointers to @code{struct
1991frame_info}. A frame ID provides a stable reference to a frame, even
1992when the unwinder must be run again to generate a new @code{struct
1993frame_info} for the same frame.
1994
1995The frame's unwinder's @code{this_id} method is called to find the ID.
1996Note that this is different from register unwinding, where the next
1997frame's @code{prev_register} is called to unwind this frame's
1998registers.
1999
2000Both stack base and function address are required to identify the
2001frame, because a recursive function has the same function address for
2002two consecutive frames and a leaf function may have the same stack
2003address as its caller. On some platforms, a third address is part of
2004the ID to further disambiguate frames---for instance, on IA-64
2005the separate register stack address is included in the ID.
2006
2007An invalid frame ID (@code{null_frame_id}) returned from the
2008@code{this_id} method means to stop unwinding after this frame.
2009
2010@section Unwinding Registers
2011
2012Each unwinder includes a @code{prev_register} method. This method
2013takes a frame, an associated cache pointer, and a register number.
2014It returns a @code{struct value *} describing the requested register,
2015as saved by this frame. This is the value of the register that is
2016current in this frame's caller.
2017
2018The returned value must have the same type as the register. It may
2019have any lvalue type. In most circumstances one of these routines
2020will generate the appropriate value:
2021
2022@table @code
2023@item frame_unwind_got_optimized
2024@findex frame_unwind_got_optimized
2025This register was not saved.
2026
2027@item frame_unwind_got_register
2028@findex frame_unwind_got_register
2029This register was copied into another register in this frame. This
2030is also used for unchanged registers; they are ``copied'' into the
2031same register.
2032
2033@item frame_unwind_got_memory
2034@findex frame_unwind_got_memory
2035This register was saved in memory.
2036
2037@item frame_unwind_got_constant
2038@findex frame_unwind_got_constant
2039This register was not saved, but the unwinder can compute the previous
2040value some other way.
2041
2042@item frame_unwind_got_address
2043@findex frame_unwind_got_address
2044Same as @code{frame_unwind_got_constant}, except that the value is a target
2045address. This is frequently used for the stack pointer, which is not
2046explicitly saved but has a known offset from this frame's stack
2047pointer. For architectures with a flat unified address space, this is
2048generally the same as @code{frame_unwind_got_constant}.
2049@end table
2050
c906108c
SS
2051@node Symbol Handling
2052
2053@chapter Symbol Handling
2054
1f70da6a
SS
2055Symbols are a key part of @value{GDBN}'s operation. Symbols include
2056variables, functions, and types.
2057
2058Symbol information for a large program can be truly massive, and
2059reading of symbol information is one of the major performance
2060bottlenecks in @value{GDBN}; it can take many minutes to process it
2061all. Studies have shown that nearly all the time spent is
2062computational, rather than file reading.
2063
2064One of the ways for @value{GDBN} to provide a good user experience is
2065to start up quickly, taking no more than a few seconds. It is simply
2066not possible to process all of a program's debugging info in that
2067time, and so we attempt to handle symbols incrementally. For instance,
2068we create @dfn{partial symbol tables} consisting of only selected
2069symbols, and only expand them to full symbol tables when necessary.
c906108c
SS
2070
2071@section Symbol Reading
2072
56caf160
EZ
2073@cindex symbol reading
2074@cindex reading of symbols
2075@cindex symbol files
2076@value{GDBN} reads symbols from @dfn{symbol files}. The usual symbol
2077file is the file containing the program which @value{GDBN} is
2078debugging. @value{GDBN} can be directed to use a different file for
2079symbols (with the @samp{symbol-file} command), and it can also read
1f70da6a
SS
2080more symbols via the @samp{add-file} and @samp{load} commands. In
2081addition, it may bring in more symbols while loading shared
2082libraries.
56caf160
EZ
2083
2084@findex find_sym_fns
2085Symbol files are initially opened by code in @file{symfile.c} using
2086the BFD library (@pxref{Support Libraries}). BFD identifies the type
2087of the file by examining its header. @code{find_sym_fns} then uses
2088this identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions.
2089
2090@findex add_symtab_fns
2091@cindex @code{sym_fns} structure
2092@cindex adding a symbol-reading module
2093Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to @value{GDBN} by calling
c906108c
SS
2094@code{add_symtab_fns} during their module initialization. The argument
2095to @code{add_symtab_fns} is a @code{struct sym_fns} which contains the
2096name (or name prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix,
2097and pointers to four functions. These functions are called at various
56caf160 2098times to process symbol files whose identification matches the specified
c906108c
SS
2099prefix.
2100
2101The functions supplied by each module are:
2102
2103@table @code
2104@item @var{xyz}_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf)
2105
56caf160 2106@cindex secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
2107Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when we are about to read a new
2108symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state (possibly
2109resulting from half-read previous files, for example) and prepare to
56caf160
EZ
2110read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file which we are reading
2111might be a new ``main'' symbol file, or might be a secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
2112whose symbols are being added to the existing symbol table.
2113
2114The argument to @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init} is a newly allocated
2115@code{struct sym_fns} whose @code{bfd} field contains the BFD for the
2116new symbol file being read. Its @code{private} field has been zeroed,
2117and can be modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private
2118information will be @code{malloc}'d, and a pointer to it will be placed
2119in the @code{private} field.
2120
2121There is no result from @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, but it can call
2122@code{error} if it detects an unavoidable problem.
2123
2124@item @var{xyz}_new_init()
2125
2126Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when discarding existing symbols.
56caf160
EZ
2127This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's internal
2128state; the symbol table data structures visible to the rest of
2129@value{GDBN} will be discarded by @code{symbol_file_add}. It has no
2130arguments and no result. It may be called after
2131@code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, if a new symbol table is being read, or
2132may be called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded.
c906108c
SS
2133
2134@item @var{xyz}_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline)
2135
2136Called from @code{symbol_file_add} to actually read the symbols from a
2137symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs.
2138
56caf160 2139@code{sf} points to the @code{struct sym_fns} originally passed to
c906108c
SS
2140@code{@var{xyz}_sym_init} for possible initialization. @code{addr} is
2141the offset between the file's specified start address and its true
2142address in memory. @code{mainline} is 1 if this is the main symbol
c1468174 2143table being read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g., shared library
c906108c
SS
2144or dynamically loaded file) is being read.@refill
2145@end table
2146
2147In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when
2148@var{xyz}_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer
2149to a function @code{@var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab}, which can be called
25822942 2150from any point in the @value{GDBN} symbol-handling code.
c906108c
SS
2151
2152@table @code
2153@item @var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
2154
56caf160 2155Called from @code{psymtab_to_symtab} (or the @code{PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB} macro) if
c906108c
SS
2156the psymtab has not already been read in and had its @code{pst->symtab}
2157pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be fleshed-out into a
56caf160
EZ
2158symtab. Upon return, @code{pst->readin} should have been set to 1, and
2159@code{pst->symtab} should contain a pointer to the new corresponding symtab, or
c906108c
SS
2160zero if there were no symbols in that part of the symbol file.
2161@end table
2162
2163@section Partial Symbol Tables
2164
56caf160 2165@value{GDBN} has three types of symbol tables:
c906108c
SS
2166
2167@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
2168@cindex full symbol table
2169@cindex symtabs
2170@item
2171Full symbol tables (@dfn{symtabs}). These contain the main
2172information about symbols and addresses.
c906108c 2173
56caf160
EZ
2174@cindex psymtabs
2175@item
2176Partial symbol tables (@dfn{psymtabs}). These contain enough
c906108c
SS
2177information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full
2178symbol table.
2179
56caf160
EZ
2180@cindex minimal symbol table
2181@cindex minsymtabs
2182@item
2183Minimal symbol tables (@dfn{msymtabs}). These contain information
c906108c 2184gleaned from non-debugging symbols.
c906108c
SS
2185@end itemize
2186
56caf160 2187@cindex partial symbol table
c906108c
SS
2188This section describes partial symbol tables.
2189
2190A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an executable
2191file's debugging information. Small amounts of information are
56caf160 2192extracted---enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will
c906108c 2193need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the
25822942 2194information. The speed of this pass causes @value{GDBN} to start up very
c906108c
SS
2195quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small
2196pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to
2197the user.
2198@c (@xref{Symbol Reading}.)
2199
2200The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, those
2201visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running code from
2202that file. These include external symbols and types, static symbols and
56caf160 2203types, and @code{enum} values declared at file scope.
c906108c
SS
2204
2205The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the
2206full symbol table would represent.
2207
56caf160
EZ
2208@cindex finding a symbol
2209@cindex symbol lookup
c906108c
SS
2210The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the
2211code in the debugger) to reference a symbol:
2212
2213@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
2214@findex find_pc_function
2215@findex find_pc_line
2216@item
c1468174 2217By its address (e.g., execution stops at some address which is inside a
56caf160
EZ
2218function in this file). The address will be noticed to be in the
2219range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read in.
2220@code{find_pc_function}, @code{find_pc_line}, and other
2221@code{find_pc_@dots{}} functions handle this.
c906108c 2222
56caf160
EZ
2223@cindex lookup_symbol
2224@item
2225By its name
c1468174 2226(e.g., the user asks to print a variable, or set a breakpoint on a
c906108c
SS
2227function). Global names and file-scope names will be found in the
2228psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled in. Local names will
2229have to be qualified by a global name, or a file-scope name, in which
2230case we will have already read in the symtab as we evaluated the
56caf160 2231qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be referenced when we are ``in'' a
c906108c
SS
2232local scope, in which case the first case applies. @code{lookup_symbol}
2233does most of the work here.
c906108c
SS
2234@end itemize
2235
2236The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read in
2237at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab,
2238while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since
2239psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in
2240them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol,
2241either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by
2242name.
2243
56caf160
EZ
2244It is a bug for @value{GDBN} to behave one way when only a psymtab has
2245been read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read
2246in. Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain
2247all the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address
2248ranges.
c906108c 2249
56caf160 2250The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) could be
c906108c
SS
2251thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab should always
2252be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never be used (in a
2253bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated on an obstack,
2254and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair of large arrays
2255on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by trying to free them
2256unless you want to do a lot more work.
2257
2258@section Types
2259
56caf160 2260@unnumberedsubsec Fundamental Types (e.g., @code{FT_VOID}, @code{FT_BOOLEAN}).
c906108c 2261
56caf160 2262@cindex fundamental types
25822942 2263These are the fundamental types that @value{GDBN} uses internally. Fundamental
c906108c
SS
2264types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped
2265into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types
56caf160
EZ
2266that @value{GDBN} knows about for all the languages that @value{GDBN}
2267knows about.
c906108c 2268
56caf160 2269@unnumberedsubsec Type Codes (e.g., @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}, @code{TYPE_CODE_ARRAY}).
c906108c 2270
56caf160
EZ
2271@cindex type codes
2272Each time @value{GDBN} builds an internal type, it marks it with one
2273of these types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as
2274@code{TYPE_CODE_INT}, or a derived type, such as @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}
2275which is a pointer to another type. Typically, several @code{FT_*}
2276types map to one @code{TYPE_CODE_*} type, and are distinguished by
2277other members of the type struct, such as whether the type is signed
2278or unsigned, and how many bits it uses.
c906108c 2279
56caf160 2280@unnumberedsubsec Builtin Types (e.g., @code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_char}).
c906108c
SS
2281
2282These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to
56caf160
EZ
2283fundamental types and are created as global types for @value{GDBN} to
2284use for various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to
2285eliminate these. Note for example that @code{builtin_type_int}
2286initialized in @file{gdbtypes.c} is basically the same as a
2287@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} type that is initialized in @file{c-lang.c} for
2288an @code{FT_INTEGER} fundamental type. The difference is that the
2289@code{builtin_type} is not associated with any particular objfile, and
2290only one instance exists, while @file{c-lang.c} builds as many
2291@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} types as needed, with each one associated with
2292some particular objfile.
c906108c
SS
2293
2294@section Object File Formats
56caf160 2295@cindex object file formats
c906108c
SS
2296
2297@subsection a.out
2298
56caf160
EZ
2299@cindex @code{a.out} format
2300The @code{a.out} format is the original file format for Unix. It
2301consists of three sections: @code{text}, @code{data}, and @code{bss},
2302which are for program code, initialized data, and uninitialized data,
2303respectively.
c906108c 2304
56caf160 2305The @code{a.out} format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved
c906108c 2306place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used
56caf160
EZ
2307@samp{adb}, which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging
2308format for @code{a.out} is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal
c906108c
SS
2309symbols with distinctive attributes.
2310
56caf160 2311The basic @code{a.out} reader is in @file{dbxread.c}.
c906108c
SS
2312
2313@subsection COFF
2314
56caf160 2315@cindex COFF format
c906108c
SS
2316The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix.
2317COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The
2318number of sections is limited.
2319
2320The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this
1f70da6a
SS
2321was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited.
2322For instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an
2323included file. GNU's COFF-using configs often use stabs-type info,
2324encapsulated in special sections.
c906108c
SS
2325
2326The COFF reader is in @file{coffread.c}.
2327
2328@subsection ECOFF
2329
56caf160 2330@cindex ECOFF format
c906108c
SS
2331ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha
2332workstations.
2333
2334The basic ECOFF reader is in @file{mipsread.c}.
2335
2336@subsection XCOFF
2337
56caf160 2338@cindex XCOFF format
c906108c
SS
2339The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF.
2340The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging
56caf160
EZ
2341symbols are @code{dbx}-style stabs whose strings are located in the
2342@code{.debug} section (rather than the string table). For more
2343information, see @ref{Top,,,stabs,The Stabs Debugging Format}.
c906108c
SS
2344
2345The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what
2346shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which
2347refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be
2348relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least
2349using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has
2350been run (or the core file has been read).
2351
2352@subsection PE
2353
56caf160
EZ
2354@cindex PE-COFF format
2355Windows 95 and NT use the PE (@dfn{Portable Executable}) format for their
c906108c
SS
2356executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers.
2357
25822942 2358While BFD includes special PE support, @value{GDBN} needs only the basic
c906108c
SS
2359COFF reader.
2360
2361@subsection ELF
2362
56caf160 2363@cindex ELF format
1f70da6a
SS
2364The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is
2365similar to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it
2366removes many of COFF's limitations. Debugging info may be either stabs
2367encapsulated in ELF sections, or more commonly these days, DWARF.
c906108c
SS
2368
2369The basic ELF reader is in @file{elfread.c}.
2370
2371@subsection SOM
2372
56caf160 2373@cindex SOM format
c906108c
SS
2374SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's
2375SOM, which is a cross-language ABI).
2376
1a92f856 2377The SOM reader is in @file{somread.c}.
c906108c 2378
c906108c
SS
2379@section Debugging File Formats
2380
2381This section describes characteristics of debugging information that
2382are independent of the object file format.
2383
2384@subsection stabs
2385
56caf160 2386@cindex stabs debugging info
c906108c
SS
2387@code{stabs} started out as special symbols within the @code{a.out}
2388format. Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file
2389formats, such as COFF and ELF.
2390
2391While @file{dbxread.c} does some of the basic stab processing,
2392including for encapsulated versions, @file{stabsread.c} does
2393the real work.
2394
2395@subsection COFF
2396
56caf160 2397@cindex COFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2398The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level
2399of support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used.
2400
2401@subsection Mips debug (Third Eye)
2402
56caf160 2403@cindex ECOFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2404ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format.
2405
2406The file @file{mdebugread.c} implements reading for this format.
2407
1f70da6a
SS
2408@c mention DWARF 1 as a formerly-supported format
2409
c906108c
SS
2410@subsection DWARF 2
2411
56caf160 2412@cindex DWARF 2 debugging info
c906108c
SS
2413DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1.
2414
2415The DWARF 2 reader is in @file{dwarf2read.c}.
2416
31fffb02
CS
2417@subsection Compressed DWARF 2
2418
2419@cindex Compressed DWARF 2 debugging info
2420Compressed DWARF 2 is not technically a separate debugging format, but
2421merely DWARF 2 debug information that has been compressed. In this
2422format, every object-file section holding DWARF 2 debugging
2423information is compressed and prepended with a header. (The section
2424is also typically renamed, so a section called @code{.debug_info} in a
2425DWARF 2 binary would be called @code{.zdebug_info} in a compressed
2426DWARF 2 binary.) The header is 12 bytes long:
2427
2428@itemize @bullet
2429@item
24304 bytes: the literal string ``ZLIB''
2431@item
24328 bytes: the uncompressed size of the section, in big-endian byte
2433order.
2434@end itemize
2435
2436The same reader is used for both compressed an normal DWARF 2 info.
2437Section decompression is done in @code{zlib_decompress_section} in
2438@file{dwarf2read.c}.
2439
1f70da6a
SS
2440@subsection DWARF 3
2441
2442@cindex DWARF 3 debugging info
2443DWARF 3 is an improved version of DWARF 2.
2444
c906108c
SS
2445@subsection SOM
2446
56caf160 2447@cindex SOM debugging info
c906108c
SS
2448Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information.
2449
25822942 2450@section Adding a New Symbol Reader to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2451
56caf160
EZ
2452@cindex adding debugging info reader
2453If you are using an existing object file format (@code{a.out}, COFF, ELF, etc),
c906108c
SS
2454there is probably little to be done.
2455
2456If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to
2457BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document.
2458
2459You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the
1f70da6a
SS
2460debugging symbols. Generally @value{GDBN} will have to call swapping
2461routines from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the
2462debugging information. As much as possible, @value{GDBN} should not
2463depend on the BFD internal data structures.
c906108c
SS
2464
2465For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector used
2466to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on various
2467platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized routines that
2468will only ever be implemented by one object file format may be called
2469directly. This interface should be described in a file
56caf160 2470@file{bfd/lib@var{xyz}.h}, which is included by @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 2471
c91d38aa
DJ
2472@section Memory Management for Symbol Files
2473
2474Most memory associated with a loaded symbol file is stored on
2475its @code{objfile_obstack}. This includes symbols, types,
2476namespace data, and other information produced by the symbol readers.
2477
2478Because this data lives on the objfile's obstack, it is automatically
2479released when the objfile is unloaded or reloaded. Therefore one
2480objfile must not reference symbol or type data from another objfile;
2481they could be unloaded at different times.
2482
2483User convenience variables, et cetera, have associated types. Normally
2484these types live in the associated objfile. However, when the objfile
2485is unloaded, those types are deep copied to global memory, so that
2486the values of the user variables and history items are not lost.
2487
c906108c
SS
2488
2489@node Language Support
2490
2491@chapter Language Support
2492
56caf160
EZ
2493@cindex language support
2494@value{GDBN}'s language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader,
2495although it is possible for the user to set the source language
2496manually.
c906108c 2497
56caf160
EZ
2498@value{GDBN} chooses the source language by looking at the extension
2499of the file recorded in the debug info; @file{.c} means C, @file{.f}
2500means Fortran, etc. It may also use a special-purpose language
2501identifier if the debug format supports it, like with DWARF.
c906108c 2502
25822942 2503@section Adding a Source Language to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2504
56caf160
EZ
2505@cindex adding source language
2506To add other languages to @value{GDBN}'s expression parser, follow the
2507following steps:
c906108c
SS
2508
2509@table @emph
2510@item Create the expression parser.
2511
56caf160 2512@cindex expression parser
c906108c 2513This should reside in a file @file{@var{lang}-exp.y}. Routines for
56caf160 2514building parsed expressions into a @code{union exp_element} list are in
c906108c
SS
2515@file{parse.c}.
2516
56caf160 2517@cindex language parser
c906108c
SS
2518Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces
2519parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines
56caf160 2520@strong{must} be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the
c906108c
SS
2521various parsers from defining the same global names:
2522
474c8240 2523@smallexample
56caf160
EZ
2524#define yyparse @var{lang}_parse
2525#define yylex @var{lang}_lex
2526#define yyerror @var{lang}_error
2527#define yylval @var{lang}_lval
2528#define yychar @var{lang}_char
2529#define yydebug @var{lang}_debug
2530#define yypact @var{lang}_pact
2531#define yyr1 @var{lang}_r1
2532#define yyr2 @var{lang}_r2
2533#define yydef @var{lang}_def
2534#define yychk @var{lang}_chk
2535#define yypgo @var{lang}_pgo
2536#define yyact @var{lang}_act
2537#define yyexca @var{lang}_exca
2538#define yyerrflag @var{lang}_errflag
2539#define yynerrs @var{lang}_nerrs
474c8240 2540@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
2541
2542At the bottom of your parser, define a @code{struct language_defn} and
2543initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an
2544@code{initialize_@var{lang}} routine and have it call
25822942 2545@samp{add_language(@var{lang}_language_defn)} to tell the rest of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
2546that your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables
2547and functions, which will be used via pointers from your
2548@code{@var{lang}_language_defn}. See the declaration of @code{struct
2549language_defn} in @file{language.h}, and the other @file{*-exp.y} files,
2550for more information.
2551
2552@item Add any evaluation routines, if necessary
2553
56caf160
EZ
2554@cindex expression evaluation routines
2555@findex evaluate_subexp
2556@findex prefixify_subexp
2557@findex length_of_subexp
c906108c
SS
2558If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the language),
2559add them to the enumerated type in @file{expression.h}. Add support
56caf160
EZ
2560code for these operations in the @code{evaluate_subexp} function
2561defined in the file @file{eval.c}. Add cases
c906108c 2562for new opcodes in two functions from @file{parse.c}:
56caf160 2563@code{prefixify_subexp} and @code{length_of_subexp}. These compute
c906108c
SS
2564the number of @code{exp_element}s that a given operation takes up.
2565
2566@item Update some existing code
2567
2568Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated type
2569@code{enum language} in @file{defs.h}.
2570
2571Update the routines in @file{language.c} so your language is included.
2572These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some cases)
2573are language dependent. If your language does not appear in the switch
2574statement, an error is reported.
2575
56caf160 2576@vindex current_language
c906108c
SS
2577Also included in @file{language.c} is the code that updates the variable
2578@code{current_language}, and the routines that translate the
2579@code{language_@var{lang}} enumerated identifier into a printable
2580string.
2581
56caf160 2582@findex _initialize_language
c906108c
SS
2583Update the function @code{_initialize_language} to include your
2584language. This function picks the default language upon startup, so is
25822942 2585dependent upon which languages that @value{GDBN} is built for.
c906108c 2586
56caf160 2587@findex allocate_symtab
c906108c
SS
2588Update @code{allocate_symtab} in @file{symfile.c} and/or symbol-reading
2589code so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly.
2590This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame level.
2591Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of the source
2592file. If the language can be better inferred from the symbol
2593information, please set the language of the symtab in the symbol-reading
2594code.
2595
56caf160
EZ
2596@findex print_subexp
2597@findex op_print_tab
2598Add helper code to @code{print_subexp} (in @file{expprint.c}) to handle any new
c906108c
SS
2599expression opcodes you have added to @file{expression.h}. Also, add the
2600printed representations of your operators to @code{op_print_tab}.
2601
2602@item Add a place of call
2603
56caf160 2604@findex parse_exp_1
c906108c 2605Add a call to @code{@var{lang}_parse()} and @code{@var{lang}_error} in
56caf160 2606@code{parse_exp_1} (defined in @file{parse.c}).
c906108c 2607
c906108c
SS
2608@item Edit @file{Makefile.in}
2609
2610Add dependencies in @file{Makefile.in}. Make sure you update the macro
2611variables such as @code{HFILES} and @code{OBJS}, otherwise your code may
2612not get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get @code{tar}red into the
2613distribution!
c906108c
SS
2614@end table
2615
2616
2617@node Host Definition
2618
2619@chapter Host Definition
2620
56caf160 2621With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host
7fd60527
AC
2622definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided,
2623mainly, as an historical reference.
c906108c
SS
2624
2625@section Adding a New Host
2626
56caf160
EZ
2627@cindex adding a new host
2628@cindex host, adding
7fd60527
AC
2629@value{GDBN}'s host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf.
2630New host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts
2631@value{GDBN} still use the host-specific definitions and files listed
2632below, but these mostly exist for historical reasons, and will
56caf160 2633eventually disappear.
c906108c 2634
c906108c 2635@table @file
c906108c 2636@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
1f70da6a
SS
2637This file is a Makefile fragment that once contained both host and
2638native configuration information (@pxref{Native Debugging}) for the
2639machine @var{xyz}. The host configuration information is now handled
2640by Autoconf.
7fd60527 2641
1f70da6a 2642Host configuration information included definitions for @code{CC},
7708fa01
AC
2643@code{SYSV_DEFINE}, @code{XM_CFLAGS}, @code{XM_ADD_FILES},
2644@code{XM_CLIBS}, @code{XM_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 2645
1f70da6a 2646New host-only configurations do not need this file.
c906108c 2647
c906108c
SS
2648@end table
2649
1f70da6a
SS
2650(Files named @file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/xm-@var{xyz}.h} were once
2651used to define host-specific macros, but were no longer needed and
2652have all been removed.)
2653
c906108c
SS
2654@subheading Generic Host Support Files
2655
56caf160 2656@cindex generic host support
c906108c 2657There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
1f70da6a 2658various systems.
c906108c
SS
2659
2660@table @file
56caf160
EZ
2661@cindex remote debugging support
2662@cindex serial line support
c906108c 2663@item ser-unix.c
1f70da6a
SS
2664This contains serial line support for Unix systems. It is included by
2665default on all Unix-like hosts.
2666
2667@item ser-pipe.c
2668This contains serial pipe support for Unix systems. It is included by
2669default on all Unix-like hosts.
2670
2671@item ser-mingw.c
2672This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under
2673Windows using MinGW.
c906108c
SS
2674
2675@item ser-go32.c
2676This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under DOS,
56caf160 2677using the DJGPP (a.k.a.@: GO32) execution environment.
c906108c 2678
56caf160 2679@cindex TCP remote support
c906108c 2680@item ser-tcp.c
1f70da6a
SS
2681This contains generic TCP support using sockets. It is included by
2682default on all Unix-like hosts and with MinGW.
c906108c
SS
2683@end table
2684
2685@section Host Conditionals
2686
56caf160
EZ
2687When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
2688defined or left undefined, to control compilation based on the
1f70da6a
SS
2689attributes of the host system. While formerly they could be set in
2690host-specific header files, at present they can be changed only by
2691setting @code{CFLAGS} when building, or by editing the source code.
2692
2693These macros and their meanings (or if the meaning is not documented
2694here, then one of the source files where they are used is indicated)
2695are:
c906108c 2696
56caf160 2697@ftable @code
25822942 2698@item @value{GDBN}INIT_FILENAME
56caf160
EZ
2699The default name of @value{GDBN}'s initialization file (normally
2700@file{.gdbinit}).
c906108c 2701
c906108c
SS
2702@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER
2703If your host defines @code{SIGWINCH}, you can define this to be the name
2704of a function to be called if @code{SIGWINCH} is received.
2705
2706@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY
2707Define this to expand into code that will define the function named by
2708the expansion of @code{SIGWINCH_HANDLER}.
2709
c906108c 2710@item CRLF_SOURCE_FILES
56caf160 2711@cindex DOS text files
c906108c
SS
2712Define this if host files use @code{\r\n} rather than @code{\n} as a
2713line terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit @code{\r}
56caf160
EZ
2714characters when printing and it will allow @code{\r\n} line endings of files
2715which are ``sourced'' by gdb. It must be possible to open files in binary
c906108c
SS
2716mode using @code{O_BINARY} or, for fopen, @code{"rb"}.
2717
2718@item DEFAULT_PROMPT
56caf160 2719@cindex prompt
c906108c
SS
2720The default value of the prompt string (normally @code{"(gdb) "}).
2721
2722@item DEV_TTY
56caf160 2723@cindex terminal device
c906108c
SS
2724The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to @code{"/dev/tty"}.
2725
c906108c
SS
2726@item ISATTY
2727Substitute for isatty, if not available.
2728
1f70da6a
SS
2729@item FOPEN_RB
2730Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files.
c906108c
SS
2731
2732@item CC_HAS_LONG_LONG
56caf160
EZ
2733@cindex @code{long long} data type
2734Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long long}. This is set
2735by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2736
2737@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG
2738Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers via
56caf160
EZ
2739the printf format conversion specifier @code{ll}. This is set by the
2740@code{configure} script.
c906108c 2741
c906108c
SS
2742@item LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR
2743Define this if @code{lseek (n)} does not necessarily move to byte number
2744@code{n} in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It
2745is normally faster to define @code{CRLF_SOURCE_FILES} when possible.
2746
c906108c
SS
2747@item NORETURN
2748If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as @code{volatile},
2749that can be used in both the declaration and definition of functions to
2750indicate that they never return. The default is already set correctly
2751if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be defined.
2752
2753@item ATTR_NORETURN
2754If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as
2755@code{__attribute__ ((noreturn))}, that can be used in the declarations
2756of functions to indicate that they never return. The default is already
2757set correctly if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be
2758defined.
2759
c906108c 2760@item lint
56caf160 2761Define this to help placate @code{lint} in some situations.
c906108c
SS
2762
2763@item volatile
2764Define this to override the defaults of @code{__volatile__} or
2765@code{/**/}.
56caf160 2766@end ftable
c906108c
SS
2767
2768
2769@node Target Architecture Definition
2770
2771@chapter Target Architecture Definition
2772
56caf160
EZ
2773@cindex target architecture definition
2774@value{GDBN}'s target architecture defines what sort of
2775machine-language programs @value{GDBN} can work with, and how it works
2776with them.
c906108c 2777
af6c57ea
AC
2778The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure
2779@code{struct gdbarch *}. The structure, and its methods, are generated
93c2c750 2780using the Bourne shell script @file{gdbarch.sh}.
c906108c 2781
b6fd0dfb
NR
2782@menu
2783* OS ABI Variant Handling::
2784* Initialize New Architecture::
2785* Registers and Memory::
2786* Pointers and Addresses::
2787* Address Classes::
2788* Raw and Virtual Registers::
2789* Register and Memory Data::
2790* Frame Interpretation::
2791* Inferior Call Setup::
2792* Compiler Characteristics::
2793* Target Conditionals::
2794* Adding a New Target::
b6fd0dfb
NR
2795@end menu
2796
2797@node OS ABI Variant Handling
70f80edf
JT
2798@section Operating System ABI Variant Handling
2799@cindex OS ABI variants
2800
2801@value{GDBN} provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS
2802ABIs. An OS ABI variant may have influence over any number of
2803variables in the target architecture definition. There are two major
2804components in the OS ABI mechanism: sniffers and handlers.
2805
2806A @dfn{sniffer} examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair
2807(the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the
2808OS ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are considered
2809to be @dfn{generic}, while sniffers for a specific architecture are
2810considered to be @dfn{specific}. A match from a specific sniffer
2811overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an
2812architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two
2813different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The
2814OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which
2815examines the @code{EI_OSABI} field of the ELF header, as well as note
2816sections known to be used by several operating systems.
2817
2818@cindex fine-tuning @code{gdbarch} structure
2819A @dfn{handler} is used to fine-tune the @code{gdbarch} structure for the
2820selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI
2821for each BFD architecture.
2822
f4b3909f 2823The following OS ABI variants are defined in @file{defs.h}:
70f80edf
JT
2824
2825@table @code
2826
f4b3909f
EZ
2827@findex GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2828@item GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2829Used for struct gdbarch_info if ABI is still uninitialized.
2830
70f80edf
JT
2831@findex GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2832@item GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2833The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default @code{gdbarch}
2834settings for the architecture will be used.
2835
2836@findex GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2837@item GDB_OSABI_SVR4
f4b3909f 2838UNIX System V Release 4.
70f80edf
JT
2839
2840@findex GDB_OSABI_HURD
2841@item GDB_OSABI_HURD
f4b3909f 2842GNU using the Hurd kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2843
2844@findex GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2845@item GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
f4b3909f 2846Sun Solaris.
70f80edf
JT
2847
2848@findex GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2849@item GDB_OSABI_OSF1
f4b3909f 2850OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
70f80edf
JT
2851
2852@findex GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2853@item GDB_OSABI_LINUX
f4b3909f 2854GNU using the Linux kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2855
2856@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2857@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2858FreeBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2859
2860@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2861@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
f4b3909f 2862FreeBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2863
2864@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2865@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2866NetBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2867
2868@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2869@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
f4b3909f
EZ
2870NetBSD using the ELF executable format.
2871
2872@findex GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2873@item GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2874OpenBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2875
2876@findex GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2877@item GDB_OSABI_WINCE
f4b3909f 2878Windows CE.
70f80edf 2879
1029b7fa
MK
2880@findex GDB_OSABI_GO32
2881@item GDB_OSABI_GO32
f4b3909f 2882DJGPP.
1029b7fa 2883
f4b3909f
EZ
2884@findex GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2885@item GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2886Irix.
2887
f4b3909f
EZ
2888@findex GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2889@item GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2890Interix (Posix layer for MS-Windows systems).
1029b7fa 2891
f4b3909f
EZ
2892@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2893@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2894HP/UX using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf 2895
f4b3909f
EZ
2896@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2897@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2898HP/UX using the SOM executable format.
70f80edf 2899
f4b3909f
EZ
2900@findex GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2901@item GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2902QNX Neutrino.
2903
2904@findex GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2905@item GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2906Cygwin.
2907
2908@findex GDB_OSABI_AIX
2909@item GDB_OSABI_AIX
2910AIX.
70f80edf
JT
2911
2912@end table
2913
2914Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework:
2915
2916@deftypefun const char *gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2917Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to @var{osabi}.
2918@end deftypefun
2919
c133ab7a 2920@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, unsigned long @var{machine}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}, void (*@var{init_osabi})(struct gdbarch_info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}))
70f80edf 2921Register the OS ABI handler specified by @var{init_osabi} for the
c133ab7a
MK
2922architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by @var{arch},
2923@var{machine} and @var{osabi}. In most cases, a value of zero for the
2924machine type, which implies the architecture's default machine type,
2925will suffice.
70f80edf
JT
2926@end deftypefun
2927
2928@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, enum bfd_flavour @var{flavour}, enum gdb_osabi (*@var{sniffer})(bfd *@var{abfd}))
2929Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by @var{sniffer} for the
2930BFD architecture/flavour pair specified by @var{arch} and @var{flavour}.
2931If @var{arch} is @code{bfd_arch_unknown}, the sniffer is considered to
2932be generic, and is allowed to examine @var{flavour}-flavoured files for
2933any architecture.
2934@end deftypefun
2935
2936@deftypefun enum gdb_osabi gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *@var{abfd})
2937Examine the file described by @var{abfd} to determine its OS ABI.
2938The value @code{GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN} is returned if the OS ABI cannot
2939be determined.
2940@end deftypefun
2941
2942@deftypefun void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2943Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to @var{osabi} to fine-tune the
2944@code{gdbarch} structure specified by @var{gdbarch}. If a handler
2945corresponding to @var{osabi} has not been registered for @var{gdbarch}'s
2946architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session will continue
2947with the defaults already established for @var{gdbarch}.
2948@end deftypefun
2949
f4b3909f
EZ
2950@deftypefun void generic_elf_osabi_sniff_abi_tag_sections (bfd *@var{abfd}, asection *@var{sect}, void *@var{obj})
2951Helper routine for ELF file sniffers. Examine the file described by
2952@var{abfd} and look at ABI tag note sections to determine the OS ABI
2953from the note. This function should be called via
2954@code{bfd_map_over_sections}.
2955@end deftypefun
2956
b6fd0dfb 2957@node Initialize New Architecture
7a107747
DJ
2958@section Initializing a New Architecture
2959
2960Each @code{gdbarch} is associated with a single @sc{bfd} architecture,
2961via a @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}} constant. The @code{gdbarch} is
2962registered by a call to @code{register_gdbarch_init}, usually from
2963the file's @code{_initialize_@var{filename}} routine, which will
2964be automatically called during @value{GDBN} startup. The arguments
2965are a @sc{bfd} architecture constant and an initialization function.
2966
2967The initialization function has this type:
2968
2969@smallexample
2970static struct gdbarch *
2971@var{arch}_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info @var{info},
2972 struct gdbarch_list *@var{arches})
2973@end smallexample
2974
2975The @var{info} argument contains parameters used to select the correct
2976architecture, and @var{arches} is a list of architectures which
2977have already been created with the same @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}}
2978value.
2979
2980The initialization function should first make sure that @var{info}
2981is acceptable, and return @code{NULL} if it is not. Then, it should
2982search through @var{arches} for an exact match to @var{info}, and
2983return one if found. Lastly, if no exact match was found, it should
2984create a new architecture based on @var{info} and return it.
2985
2986Only information in @var{info} should be used to choose the new
2987architecture. Historically, @var{info} could be sparse, and
2988defaults would be collected from the first element on @var{arches}.
2989However, @value{GDBN} now fills in @var{info} more thoroughly,
2990so new @code{gdbarch} initialization functions should not take
2991defaults from @var{arches}.
2992
b6fd0dfb 2993@node Registers and Memory
c906108c
SS
2994@section Registers and Memory
2995
56caf160
EZ
2996@value{GDBN}'s model of the target machine is rather simple.
2997@value{GDBN} assumes the machine includes a bank of registers and a
2998block of memory. Each register may have a different size.
c906108c 2999
56caf160
EZ
3000@value{GDBN} does not have a magical way to match up with the
3001compiler's idea of which registers are which; however, it is critical
3002that they do match up accurately. The only way to make this work is
3003to get accurate information about the order that the compiler uses,
4a9bb1df 3004and to reflect that in the @code{gdbarch_register_name} and related functions.
c906108c 3005
25822942 3006@value{GDBN} can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian architectures.
c906108c 3007
b6fd0dfb 3008@node Pointers and Addresses
93e79dbd
JB
3009@section Pointers Are Not Always Addresses
3010@cindex pointer representation
3011@cindex address representation
3012@cindex word-addressed machines
3013@cindex separate data and code address spaces
3014@cindex spaces, separate data and code address
3015@cindex address spaces, separate data and code
3016@cindex code pointers, word-addressed
3017@cindex converting between pointers and addresses
3018@cindex D10V addresses
3019
3020On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is
3021indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number
3022whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such
56caf160 3023machines, the words ``pointer'' and ``address'' can be used interchangeably.
93e79dbd
JB
3024However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for
3025address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks this
3026identity, and allows a larger code address space.
3027
1f70da6a
SS
3028@c D10V is gone from sources - more current example?
3029
172c2a43 3030For example, the Renesas D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose
93e79dbd
JB
3031instructions are 32 bits long@footnote{Some D10V instructions are
3032actually pairs of 16-bit sub-instructions. However, since you can't
3033jump into the middle of such a pair, code addresses can only refer to
3034full 32 bit instructions, which is what matters in this explanation.}.
3035If the D10V used ordinary byte addresses to refer to code locations,
3036then the processor would only be able to address 64kb of instructions.
3037However, since instructions must be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the
56caf160
EZ
3038low two bits of any valid instruction's byte address are always
3039zero---byte addresses waste two bits. So instead of byte addresses,
3040the D10V uses word addresses---byte addresses shifted right two bits---to
93e79dbd
JB
3041refer to code. Thus, the D10V can use 16-bit words to address 256kb of
3042code space.
3043
3044However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have different
3045forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word @code{0xC020} refers to byte address
3046@code{0xC020} when used as a data address, but refers to byte address
3047@code{0x30080} when used as a code address.
3048
3049(The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also
3050affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're
3051going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.)
3052
56caf160
EZ
3053To cope with architectures like this---the D10V is not the only
3054one!---@value{GDBN} tries to distinguish between @dfn{addresses}, which are
93e79dbd
JB
3055byte numbers, and @dfn{pointers}, which are the target's representation
3056of an address of a particular type of data. In the example above,
3057@code{0xC020} is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses
3058@code{0xC020} or @code{0x30080}, depending on the type imposed upon it.
3059@value{GDBN} provides functions for turning a pointer into an address
3060and vice versa, in the appropriate way for the current architecture.
3061
3062Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost all
3063processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus,
3064each time you port @value{GDBN} to an architecture which does
3065distinguish between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to
3066clean up some architecture-independent code.
3067
3068Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses:
3069
3070@deftypefun CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type})
3071Treat the bytes at @var{buf} as a pointer or reference of type
3072@var{type}, and return the address it represents, in a manner
3073appropriate for the current architecture. This yields an address
3074@value{GDBN} can use to read target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that
3075@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
3076inferior's.
3077
3078For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
3079extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate length from
3080@var{buf} and returns it. However, if the current architecture is the
3081D10V, this function will return a 16-bit integer extracted from
3082@var{buf}, multiplied by four if @var{type} is a pointer to a function.
3083
3084If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
3085will signal an internal error.
3086@end deftypefun
3087
3088@deftypefun CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
3089Store the address @var{addr} in @var{buf}, in the proper format for a
3090pointer of type @var{type} in the current architecture. Note that
3091@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
3092inferior's.
3093
3094For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
3095stores @var{addr} unmodified as a little-endian integer of the
3096appropriate length in @var{buf}. However, if the current architecture
3097is the D10V, this function divides @var{addr} by four if @var{type} is
3098a pointer to a function, and then stores it in @var{buf}.
3099
3100If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
3101will signal an internal error.
3102@end deftypefun
3103
f23631e4 3104@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *@var{val})
93e79dbd
JB
3105Assuming that @var{val} is a pointer, return the address it represents,
3106as appropriate for the current architecture.
3107
3108This function actually works on integral values, as well as pointers.
3109For pointers, it performs architecture-specific conversions as
3110described above for @code{extract_typed_address}.
3111@end deftypefun
3112
3113@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
3114Create and return a value representing a pointer of type @var{type} to
3115the address @var{addr}, as appropriate for the current architecture.
3116This function performs architecture-specific conversions as described
3117above for @code{store_typed_address}.
3118@end deftypefun
3119
4a9bb1df 3120Here are two functions which architectures can define to indicate the
93e79dbd
JB
3121relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default
3122definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are
fc0c74b1 3123simple unsigned byte addresses.
93e79dbd 3124
4a9bb1df 3125@deftypefun CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
93e79dbd
JB
3126Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3127appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3128address the pointer refers to.
3129
3130This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3131C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 3132@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 3133
4a9bb1df 3134@deftypefun void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
93e79dbd
JB
3135Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
3136@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
3137
3138This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3139C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 3140@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 3141
b6fd0dfb 3142@node Address Classes
b5b0480a
KB
3143@section Address Classes
3144@cindex address classes
3145@cindex DW_AT_byte_size
3146@cindex DW_AT_address_class
3147
3148Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available
3149via the debug information. For example, some programming environments
3150define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information
3151distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size
3152info (e.g, @code{DW_AT_byte_size} in @w{DWARF 2}) or through an explicit
3153address class attribute (e.g, @code{DW_AT_address_class} in @w{DWARF 2}), the
3154following macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these
3155types within @value{GDBN} as well as provide the added information to
3156a @value{GDBN} user when printing type expressions.
3157
4a9bb1df 3158@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, int @var{byte_size}, int @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
b5b0480a
KB
3159Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose size
3160is @var{byte_size} and whose address class is @var{dwarf2_addr_class}.
3161This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See
3162@file{dwarf2read.c}.
4a9bb1df 3163@end deftypefun
b5b0480a 3164
4a9bb1df 3165@deftypefun char *gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, int @var{type_flags})
b5b0480a
KB
3166Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, return
3167its name.
4a9bb1df 3168@end deftypefun
1f70da6a 3169@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, int @var{name}, int *@var{type_flags_ptr})
d3e8051b 3170Given an address qualifier name, set the @code{int} referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the type flags
b5b0480a 3171for that address class qualifier.
4a9bb1df 3172@end deftypefun
b5b0480a
KB
3173
3174Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of
4a9bb1df
UW
3175the address class functions are defined by default. Predicate
3176functions are provided to detect when they are defined.
b5b0480a
KB
3177
3178Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally
317932-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore,
3180suppose that the @w{DWARF 2} information for this architecture simply
3181uses a @code{DW_AT_byte_size} value of 2 to indicate the use of one
3182of these "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined
4a9bb1df 3183to implement the address class functions:
b5b0480a
KB
3184
3185@smallexample
3186somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size,
3187 int dwarf2_addr_class)
f2abfe65 3188@{
b5b0480a
KB
3189 if (byte_size == 2)
3190 return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3191 else
3192 return 0;
f2abfe65 3193@}
b5b0480a
KB
3194
3195static char *
3196somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags)
f2abfe65 3197@{
b5b0480a
KB
3198 if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1)
3199 return "short";
3200 else
3201 return NULL;
f2abfe65 3202@}
b5b0480a
KB
3203
3204int
3205somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name,
3206 int *type_flags_ptr)
f2abfe65 3207@{
b5b0480a 3208 if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0)
f2abfe65 3209 @{
b5b0480a
KB
3210 *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3211 return 1;
f2abfe65 3212 @}
b5b0480a
KB
3213 else
3214 return 0;
f2abfe65 3215@}
b5b0480a
KB
3216@end smallexample
3217
3218The qualifier @code{@@short} is used in @value{GDBN}'s type expressions
3219to indicate the presence of one of these "short" pointers. E.g, if
3220the debug information indicates that @code{short_ptr_var} is one of these
3221short pointers, @value{GDBN} might show the following behavior:
3222
3223@smallexample
3224(gdb) ptype short_ptr_var
3225type = int * @@short
3226@end smallexample
3227
93e79dbd 3228
b6fd0dfb 3229@node Raw and Virtual Registers
13d01224
AC
3230@section Raw and Virtual Register Representations
3231@cindex raw register representation
3232@cindex virtual register representation
3233@cindex representations, raw and virtual registers
3234
3235@emph{Maintainer note: This section is pretty much obsolete. The
3236functionality described here has largely been replaced by
d0384fc4
TJB
3237pseudo-registers and the mechanisms described in @ref{Register and
3238Memory Data, , Using Different Register and Memory Data
13d01224
AC
3239Representations}. See also @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs/,
3240Bug Tracking Database} and
3241@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, ARI Index} for more
3242up-to-date information.}
af6c57ea 3243
9fb4dd36
JB
3244Some architectures use one representation for a value when it lives in a
3245register, but use a different representation when it lives in memory.
25822942 3246In @value{GDBN}'s terminology, the @dfn{raw} representation is the one used in
9fb4dd36 3247the target registers, and the @dfn{virtual} representation is the one
25822942 3248used in memory, and within @value{GDBN} @code{struct value} objects.
9fb4dd36 3249
13d01224
AC
3250@emph{Maintainer note: Notice that the same mechanism is being used to
3251both convert a register to a @code{struct value} and alternative
3252register forms.}
3253
9fb4dd36
JB
3254For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the virtual and
3255raw representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
3256However, they do occasionally differ. For example:
3257
3258@itemize @bullet
9fb4dd36 3259@item
56caf160 3260The x86 architecture supports an 80-bit @code{long double} type. However, when
9fb4dd36
JB
3261we store those values in memory, they occupy twelve bytes: the
3262floating-point number occupies the first ten, and the final two bytes
3263are unused. This keeps the values aligned on four-byte boundaries,
3264allowing more efficient access. Thus, the x86 80-bit floating-point
3265type is the raw representation, and the twelve-byte loosely-packed
3266arrangement is the virtual representation.
3267
3268@item
25822942
DB
3269Some 64-bit MIPS targets present 32-bit registers to @value{GDBN} as 64-bit
3270registers, with garbage in their upper bits. @value{GDBN} ignores the top 32
9fb4dd36
JB
3271bits. Thus, the 64-bit form, with garbage in the upper 32 bits, is the
3272raw representation, and the trimmed 32-bit representation is the
3273virtual representation.
9fb4dd36
JB
3274@end itemize
3275
3276In general, the raw representation is determined by the architecture, or
25822942
DB
3277@value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while the virtual representation
3278can be chosen for @value{GDBN}'s convenience. @value{GDBN}'s register file,
56caf160
EZ
3279@code{registers}, holds the register contents in raw format, and the
3280@value{GDBN} remote protocol transmits register values in raw format.
9fb4dd36 3281
56caf160
EZ
3282Your architecture may define the following macros to request
3283conversions between the raw and virtual format:
9fb4dd36
JB
3284
3285@deftypefn {Target Macro} int REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (int @var{reg})
3286Return non-zero if register number @var{reg}'s value needs different raw
3287and virtual formats.
6f6ef15a
EZ
3288
3289You should not use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} for a register
3290unless this macro returns a non-zero value for that register.
9fb4dd36
JB
3291@end deftypefn
3292
9fb4dd36
JB
3293@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3294Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
1f70da6a 3295should always be @code{gdbarch_register_type (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
3296at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
3297convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
3298
6f6ef15a
EZ
3299Note that @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} and
3300@code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3301arguments in different orders.
3302
3303You should only use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} with registers
3304for which the @code{REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE} macro returns a non-zero
3305value.
9fb4dd36
JB
3306@end deftypefn
3307
3308@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3309Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
1f70da6a 3310should always be @code{gdbarch_register_type (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
3311at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
3312convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
3313
3314Note that REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL and REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW take
3315their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
3316@end deftypefn
3317
3318
b6fd0dfb 3319@node Register and Memory Data
13d01224
AC
3320@section Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations
3321@cindex register representation
3322@cindex memory representation
3323@cindex representations, register and memory
3324@cindex register data formats, converting
3325@cindex @code{struct value}, converting register contents to
3326
3327@emph{Maintainer's note: The way GDB manipulates registers is undergoing
d3e8051b 3328significant change. Many of the macros and functions referred to in this
13d01224
AC
3329section are likely to be subject to further revision. See
3330@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, A.R. Index} and
3331@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs, Bug Tracking Database} for
3332further information. cagney/2002-05-06.}
3333
3334Some architectures can represent a data object in a register using a
3335form that is different to the objects more normal memory representation.
3336For example:
3337
3338@itemize @bullet
3339
3340@item
3341The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in
3342floating-point registers.
3343
3344@item
3345The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The
3346@code{long double} data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80 bits
3347when stored in a register.
3348
3349@end itemize
3350
3351In general, the register representation of a data type is determined by
3352the architecture, or @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while
3353the memory representation is determined by the Application Binary
3354Interface.
3355
3356For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two
3357representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
3358However, they do occasionally differ. Your architecture may define the
3359following macros to request conversions between the register and memory
3360representations of a data type:
3361
4a9bb1df 3362@deftypefun int gdbarch_convert_register_p (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg})
13d01224
AC
3363Return non-zero if the representation of a data value stored in this
3364register may be different to the representation of that same data value
3365when stored in memory.
3366
4a9bb1df
UW
3367When non-zero, the macros @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3368@code{value_to_register} are used to perform any necessary conversion.
83acabca
DJ
3369
3370This function should return zero for the register's native type, when
3371no conversion is necessary.
4a9bb1df 3372@end deftypefun
13d01224 3373
4a9bb1df 3374@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_to_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224
AC
3375Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to a data object of type
3376@var{type}. The buffer at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw
3377format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at @var{to}.
3378
4a9bb1df
UW
3379Note that @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and @code{gdbarch_value_to_register}
3380take their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
13d01224 3381
4a9bb1df
UW
3382You should only use @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} with registers for which
3383the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a non-zero value.
3384@end deftypefun
13d01224 3385
4a9bb1df 3386@deftypefun void gdbarch_value_to_register (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224
AC
3387Convert a data value of type @var{type} to register number @var{reg}'
3388raw format.
3389
4a9bb1df
UW
3390Note that @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and @code{gdbarch_value_to_register}
3391take their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
13d01224 3392
4a9bb1df
UW
3393You should only use @code{gdbarch_value_to_register} with registers for which
3394the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a non-zero value.
3395@end deftypefun
13d01224 3396
b6fd0dfb 3397@node Frame Interpretation
c906108c
SS
3398@section Frame Interpretation
3399
b6fd0dfb 3400@node Inferior Call Setup
c906108c
SS
3401@section Inferior Call Setup
3402
b6fd0dfb 3403@node Compiler Characteristics
c906108c
SS
3404@section Compiler Characteristics
3405
b6fd0dfb 3406@node Target Conditionals
c906108c
SS
3407@section Target Conditionals
3408
4a9bb1df
UW
3409This section describes the macros and functions that you can use to define the
3410target machine.
c906108c
SS
3411
3412@table @code
3413
4a9bb1df
UW
3414@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
3415@findex gdbarch_addr_bits_remove
adf40b2e 3416If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not
4a9bb1df
UW
3417really part of the address, then this function is used to zero those bits in
3418@var{addr}. This is only used for addresses of instructions, and even then not
3419in all contexts.
adf40b2e
JM
3420
3421For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the Hewlett-Packard PA
34222.0 architecture contain the privilege level of the corresponding
3423instruction. Since instructions must always be aligned on four-byte
3424boundaries, the processor masks out these bits to generate the actual
4a9bb1df
UW
3425address of the instruction. @code{gdbarch_addr_bits_remove} would then for
3426example look like that:
3427@smallexample
3428arch_addr_bits_remove (CORE_ADDR addr)
3429@{
3430 return (addr &= ~0x3);
3431@}
3432@end smallexample
c906108c 3433
4a9bb1df
UW
3434@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{name}, @var{type_flags_ptr})
3435@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
3436If @var{name} is a valid address class qualifier name, set the @code{int}
3437referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the mask representing the qualifier
3438and return 1. If @var{name} is not a valid address class qualifier name,
3439return 0.
3440
3441The value for @var{type_flags_ptr} should be one of
3442@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or
3443possibly some combination of these values or'd together.
3444@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3445
4a9bb1df
UW
3446@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
3447@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags_p
3448Predicate which indicates whether @code{address_class_name_to_type_flags}
b5b0480a
KB
3449has been defined.
3450
4a9bb1df
UW
3451@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
3452@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
3453Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) and
3454the possible @code{DW_AT_address_class} value, return the type flags
3455used by @value{GDBN} to represent this address class. The value
3456returned should be one of @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1},
3457@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or possibly some combination of these
3458values or'd together.
3459@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3460
4a9bb1df
UW
3461@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
3462@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p
3463Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p} has
b5b0480a
KB
3464been defined.
3465
4a9bb1df
UW
3466@item const char *gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type_flags})
3467@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name
b5b0480a
KB
3468Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the type
3469flags given by @var{type_flags}.
3470
4a9bb1df
UW
3471@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p (@var{gdbarch})
3472@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p
3473Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name} has been defined.
b5b0480a
KB
3474@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3475
4a9bb1df
UW
3476@item void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf}, @var{addr})
3477@findex gdbarch_address_to_pointer
93e79dbd
JB
3478Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
3479@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
4a9bb1df 3480This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3481C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
3482@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3483
4a9bb1df
UW
3484@item int gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion (@var{gdbarch})
3485@findex gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion
3486Used to notify if the compiler promotes a @code{short} or @code{char}
56caf160
EZ
3487parameter to an @code{int}, but still reports the parameter as its
3488original type, rather than the promoted type.
c906108c 3489
32c9a795
MD
3490@item gdbarch_bits_big_endian (@var{gdbarch})
3491@findex gdbarch_bits_big_endian
3492This is used if the numbering of bits in the targets does @strong{not} match
3493the endianness of the target byte order. A value of 1 means that the bits
56caf160 3494are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means little-endian.
c906108c 3495
32c9a795
MD
3496@item set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bits_big_endian})
3497@findex set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian
3498Calling set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian with a value of 1 indicates that the
3499bits in the target are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 indicates
3500little-endian.
3501
c906108c 3502@item BREAKPOINT
56caf160 3503@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
3504This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put into
3505memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to use a trap
3506instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for instance, the bit
3507pattern could be an invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no
3508longer than the shortest instruction of the architecture.
3509
56caf160 3510@code{BREAKPOINT} has been deprecated in favor of
4a9bb1df 3511@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 3512
c906108c 3513@item BIG_BREAKPOINT
56caf160
EZ
3514@itemx LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
3515@findex LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
3516@findex BIG_BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
3517Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets.
3518
56caf160 3519@code{BIG_BREAKPOINT} and @code{LITTLE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
4a9bb1df 3520favor of @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 3521
4a9bb1df
UW
3522@item const gdb_byte *gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pcptr}, @var{lenptr})
3523@findex gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc
3524@anchor{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} Use the program counter to determine the
2dd0da42 3525contents and size of a breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to
a655d424 3526a static string of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the
2dd0da42
AC
3527length of the string to @code{*@var{lenptr}}, and adjusts the program
3528counter (if necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the
a655d424
JK
3529breakpoint should be inserted. May return @code{NULL} to indicate that
3530software breakpoints are not supported.
c906108c
SS
3531
3532Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's
3533not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid
3534instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest
3535instruction of the architecture.
3536
a655d424
JK
3537Provided breakpoint bytes can be also used by @code{bp_loc_is_permanent} to
3538detect permanent breakpoints. @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} should return
3539an unchanged memory copy if it was called for a location with permanent
3540breakpoint as some architectures use breakpoint instructions containing
3541arbitrary parameter value.
3542
7a292a7a
SS
3543Replaces all the other @var{BREAKPOINT} macros.
3544
4a9bb1df
UW
3545@item int gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
3546@itemx gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
3547@findex gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint
3548@findex gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint
917317f4
JM
3549Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults
3550(@code{default_memory_insert_breakpoint} and
3551@code{default_memory_remove_breakpoint} respectively) have been
4a9bb1df
UW
3552provided so that it is not necessary to set these for most
3553architectures. Architectures which may want to set
3554@code{gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint} and @code{gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint} will likely have instructions that are oddly sized or are not stored in a
917317f4
JM
3555conventional manner.
3556
3557It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define
3558custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if
4a9bb1df 3559@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} needs to read the target's memory for some
917317f4
JM
3560reason.
3561
4a9bb1df
UW
3562@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bpaddr})
3563@findex gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address
1485d690
KB
3564@cindex breakpoint address adjusted
3565Given an address at which a breakpoint is desired, return a breakpoint
3566address adjusted to account for architectural constraints on
3567breakpoint placement. This method is not needed by most targets.
3568
3569The FR-V target (see @file{frv-tdep.c}) requires this method.
3570The FR-V is a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like
3571instructions are grouped (packed) together into an aggregate
3572instruction or instruction bundle. When the processor executes
3573one of these bundles, the component instructions are executed
3574in parallel.
3575
3576In the course of optimization, the compiler may group instructions
3577from distinct source statements into the same bundle. The line number
3578information associated with one of the latter statements will likely
3579refer to some instruction other than the first one in the bundle. So,
3580if the user attempts to place a breakpoint on one of these latter
3581statements, @value{GDBN} must be careful to @emph{not} place the break
3582instruction on any instruction other than the first one in the bundle.
3583(Remember though that the instructions within a bundle execute
3584in parallel, so the @emph{first} instruction is the instruction
3585at the lowest address and has nothing to do with execution order.)
3586
4a9bb1df 3587The FR-V's @code{gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address} method will adjust a
1485d690
KB
3588breakpoint's address by scanning backwards for the beginning of
3589the bundle, returning the address of the bundle.
3590
3591Since the adjustment of a breakpoint may significantly alter a user's
3592expectation, @value{GDBN} prints a warning when an adjusted breakpoint
3593is initially set and each time that that breakpoint is hit.
3594
4a9bb1df
UW
3595@item int gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})
3596@findex gdbarch_call_dummy_location
56caf160 3597See the file @file{inferior.h}.
7a292a7a 3598
4a9bb1df
UW
3599This method has been replaced by @code{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}
3600(@pxref{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}).
7043d8dc 3601
4a9bb1df
UW
3602@item int gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regum})
3603@findex gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register
3604This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} cannot be fetched
a53f55d8 3605from an inferior process.
c906108c 3606
4a9bb1df
UW
3607@item int gdbarch_cannot_store_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum})
3608@findex gdbarch_cannot_store_register
3609This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} should not be
c906108c 3610written to the target. This is often the case for program counters,
4a9bb1df
UW
3611status words, and other special registers. This function returns 0 as
3612default so that @value{GDBN} will assume that all registers may be written.
c906108c 3613
4a9bb1df
UW
3614@item int gdbarch_convert_register_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type})
3615@findex gdbarch_convert_register_p
83acabca
DJ
3616Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} represents data values of type
3617@var{type} in a non-standard form.
13d01224
AC
3618@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
3619
a53f55d8
PA
3620@item int gdbarch_fp0_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
3621@findex gdbarch_fp0_regnum
3622This function returns the number of the first floating point register,
3623if the machine has such registers. Otherwise, it returns -1.
3624
4a9bb1df
UW
3625@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break (@var{gdbarch})
3626@findex gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break
3627This function shall return the amount by which to decrement the PC after the
c906108c 3628program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the number of bytes in
56caf160 3629@code{BREAKPOINT}, though not always. For most targets this value will be 0.
c906108c 3630
56caf160
EZ
3631@item DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (@var{addr})
3632@findex DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3633If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if @var{addr} is in a shared
3634library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be disabled.
3635
5fc14d0a 3636@item void gdbarch_print_float_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{file}, @var{frame}, @var{args})
4a9bb1df 3637@findex gdbarch_print_float_info
5e74b15c
RE
3638If defined, then the @samp{info float} command will print information about
3639the processor's floating point unit.
3640
4a9bb1df
UW
3641@item void gdbarch_print_registers_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{all})
3642@findex gdbarch_print_registers_info
0ab7a791
AC
3643If defined, pretty print the value of the register @var{regnum} for the
3644specified @var{frame}. If the value of @var{regnum} is -1, pretty print
3645either all registers (@var{all} is non zero) or a select subset of
3646registers (@var{all} is zero).
3647
3648The default method prints one register per line, and if @var{all} is
3649zero omits floating-point registers.
3650
4a9bb1df
UW
3651@item int gdbarch_print_vector_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{file}, @var{frame}, @var{args})
3652@findex gdbarch_print_vector_info
e76f1f2e
AC
3653If defined, then the @samp{info vector} command will call this function
3654to print information about the processor's vector unit.
3655
3656By default, the @samp{info vector} command will print all vector
3657registers (the register's type having the vector attribute).
3658
4a9bb1df
UW
3659@item int gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{dwarf2_regnr})
3660@findex gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum
3661Convert DWARF2 register number @var{dwarf2_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum.
3662If not defined, no conversion will be performed.
0dcedd82 3663
4a9bb1df
UW
3664@item int gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{ecoff_regnr})
3665@findex gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum
3666Convert ECOFF register number @var{ecoff_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum. If
3667not defined, no conversion will be performed.
c906108c 3668
4a9bb1df 3669@item CORE_ADDR frame_align (@var{gdbarch}, @var{address})
790eb8f5
AC
3670@anchor{frame_align}
3671@findex frame_align
3672Define this to adjust @var{address} so that it meets the alignment
3673requirements for the start of a new stack frame. A stack frame's
3674alignment requirements are typically stronger than a target processors
5fc14d0a 3675stack alignment requirements.
790eb8f5
AC
3676
3677This function is used to ensure that, when creating a dummy frame, both
3678the initial stack pointer and (if needed) the address of the return
3679value are correctly aligned.
3680
5fc14d0a
EZ
3681This function always adjusts the address in the direction of stack
3682growth.
790eb8f5
AC
3683
3684By default, no frame based stack alignment is performed.
3685
4a9bb1df
UW
3686@item int gdbarch_frame_red_zone_size (@var{gdbarch})
3687@findex gdbarch_frame_red_zone_size
8b148df9
AC
3688The number of bytes, beyond the innermost-stack-address, reserved by the
3689@sc{abi}. A function is permitted to use this scratch area (instead of
3690allocating extra stack space).
3691
3692When performing an inferior function call, to ensure that it does not
3693modify this area, @value{GDBN} adjusts the innermost-stack-address by
4a9bb1df 3694@var{gdbarch_frame_red_zone_size} bytes before pushing parameters onto the
8b148df9
AC
3695stack.
3696
3697By default, zero bytes are allocated. The value must be aligned
3698(@pxref{frame_align}).
3699
3700The @sc{amd64} (nee x86-64) @sc{abi} documentation refers to the
3701@emph{red zone} when describing this scratch area.
3702@cindex red zone
3703
fb8f8949 3704@code{FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS} is deprecated.
c906108c 3705
4a9bb1df
UW
3706@item int gdbarch_frame_num_args (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame})
3707@findex gdbarch_frame_num_args
3708For the frame described by @var{frame} return the number of arguments that
392a587b
JM
3709are being passed. If the number of arguments is not known, return
3710@code{-1}.
c906108c 3711
4a9bb1df
UW
3712@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_unwind_pc (@var{next_frame})
3713@findex gdbarch_unwind_pc
3714@anchor{gdbarch_unwind_pc} Return the instruction address, in
3715@var{next_frame}'s caller, at which execution will resume after
3716@var{next_frame} returns. This is commonly referred to as the return address.
12cc2063
AC
3717
3718The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3719is typically no more than:
3720
3721@smallexample
3722ULONGEST pc;
11411de3 3723pc = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, S390_PC_REGNUM);
4a9bb1df 3724return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, pc);
12cc2063
AC
3725@end smallexample
3726
3727@noindent
c906108c 3728
4a9bb1df
UW
3729@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_unwind_sp (@var{gdbarch}, @var{next_frame})
3730@findex gdbarch_unwind_sp
3731@anchor{gdbarch_unwind_sp} Return the frame's inner most stack address. This is
d3e8051b 3732commonly referred to as the frame's @dfn{stack pointer}.
a9e5fdc2
AC
3733
3734The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3735is typically no more than:
3736
3737@smallexample
3738ULONGEST sp;
11411de3 3739sp = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, S390_SP_REGNUM);
4a9bb1df 3740return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, sp);
a9e5fdc2
AC
3741@end smallexample
3742
3743@noindent
3744@xref{TARGET_READ_SP}, which this method replaces.
3745
c906108c 3746@item GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
56caf160
EZ
3747@itemx GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3748@findex GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3749@findex GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3750If defined, these are the names of the symbols that @value{GDBN} will
3751look for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols
3752are @code{gcc_compiled.} and @code{gcc2_compiled.},
3753respectively. (Currently only defined for the Delta 68.)
c906108c 3754
4a9bb1df
UW
3755@item gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
3756@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
1f70da6a
SS
3757This function determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp}
3758will jump to, assuming that we have just stopped at a @code{longjmp}
3759breakpoint. It takes a @code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the
3760target PC value through this pointer. It examines the current state
3761of the machine as needed, typically by using a manually-determined
3762offset into the @code{jmp_buf}. (While we might like to get the offset
3763from the target's @file{jmpbuf.h}, that header file cannot be assumed
3764to be available when building a cross-debugger.)
c906108c 3765
268e2188
AC
3766@item DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3767@findex DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3768Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 system. This
c906108c 3769conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by
1f70da6a 3770feature-specific macros. It was introduced in haste and we are
c906108c
SS
3771repenting at leisure.
3772
9742079a
EZ
3773@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
3774An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
3775support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
3776
4a9bb1df
UW
3777@item int gdbarch_inner_than (@var{gdbarch}, @var{lhs}, @var{rhs})
3778@findex gdbarch_inner_than
c906108c 3779Returns non-zero if stack address @var{lhs} is inner than (nearer to the
4a9bb1df
UW
3780stack top) stack address @var{rhs}. Let the function return
3781@w{@code{lhs < rhs}} if the target's stack grows downward in memory, or
3782@w{@code{lhs > rsh}} if the stack grows upward.
c906108c 3783
4a9bb1df 3784@item gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
9e5abb06 3785@findex gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p
4a9bb1df 3786Returns non-zero if the given @var{addr} is in the epilogue of a function.
9e5abb06
CV
3787The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a function where
3788the stack frame of the function already has been destroyed up to the
3789final `return from function call' instruction.
3790
4a9bb1df
UW
3791@item int gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{name})
3792@findex gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline
3793Define this function to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
c906108c
SS
3794trampoline that returns from a shared library.
3795
cfd8ab24
SS
3796@item target_so_ops.in_dynsym_resolve_code (@var{pc})
3797@findex in_dynsym_resolve_code
4a9bb1df 3798Define this to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
d4f3574e
SS
3799dynamic linker.
3800
56caf160
EZ
3801@item SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (@var{pc})
3802@findex SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER
d4f3574e
SS
3803Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution
3804should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution
3805function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or necessary
3806to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker and that single
3807stepping will suffice.
3808
4a9bb1df
UW
3809@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_integer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
3810@findex gdbarch_integer_to_address
fc0c74b1
AC
3811@cindex converting integers to addresses
3812Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to address
3813conversions specially. Converts that value to an address according to
3814the current architectures conventions.
3815
3816@emph{Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from
3817their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to @value{GDBN}'s
3818@code{print} command, they should get the same value as would have been
3819computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can cause
3820major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified carefully. In
3821other words, @value{GDBN} doesn't really have the freedom to do these
3822conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, been pointed
3823out that users aren't complaining about how @value{GDBN} casts integers
3824to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an address from a
3825disassembly listing and give it to @code{x/i}. Adding an architecture
4a9bb1df 3826method like @code{gdbarch_integer_to_address} certainly makes it possible for
fc0c74b1
AC
3827@value{GDBN} to ``get it right'' in all circumstances.}
3828
3829@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always
3830Addresses}.
3831
4a9bb1df
UW
3832@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
3833@findex gdbarch_pointer_to_address
93e79dbd
JB
3834Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3835appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3836address the pointer refers to.
3837@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3838
4a9bb1df
UW
3839@item void gdbarch_register_to_value(@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{type}, @var{fur})
3840@findex gdbarch_register_to_value
13d01224
AC
3841Convert the raw contents of register @var{regnum} into a value of type
3842@var{type}.
4281a42e 3843@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3844
617073a9
AC
3845@item register_reggroup_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, @var{reggroup})
3846@findex register_reggroup_p
3847@cindex register groups
3848Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} is a member of the register
3849group @var{reggroup}.
3850
3851By default, registers are grouped as follows:
3852
3853@table @code
3854@item float_reggroup
3855Any register with a valid name and a floating-point type.
3856@item vector_reggroup
3857Any register with a valid name and a vector type.
3858@item general_reggroup
3859Any register with a valid name and a type other than vector or
3860floating-point. @samp{float_reggroup}.
3861@item save_reggroup
3862@itemx restore_reggroup
3863@itemx all_reggroup
3864Any register with a valid name.
3865@end table
3866
77e7e267
AC
3867@item struct type *register_type (@var{gdbarch}, @var{reg})
3868@findex register_type
1f70da6a
SS
3869If defined, return the type of register @var{reg}.
3870@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register
3871Representations}.
77e7e267 3872
9fb4dd36 3873@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(@var{reg}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3874@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL
9fb4dd36 3875Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its raw form to its virtual
4281a42e 3876form.
13d01224 3877@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36
JB
3878
3879@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(@var{type}, @var{reg}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3880@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW
9fb4dd36 3881Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its virtual form to its raw
4281a42e 3882form.
13d01224 3883@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3884
0ab4b752
MK
3885@item const struct regset *regset_from_core_section (struct gdbarch * @var{gdbarch}, const char * @var{sect_name}, size_t @var{sect_size})
3886@findex regset_from_core_section
3887Return the appropriate register set for a core file section with name
3888@var{sect_name} and size @var{sect_size}.
3889
b0ed3589 3890@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P()
56caf160 3891@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P
c906108c 3892Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step
56caf160 3893mechanism. The macro @code{SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP} must also be defined.
c906108c 3894
d3e8051b 3895@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(@var{signal}, @var{insert_breakpoints_p})
56caf160
EZ
3896@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP
3897A function that inserts or removes (depending on
d3e8051b 3898@var{insert_breakpoints_p}) breakpoints at each possible destinations of
56caf160 3899the next instruction. See @file{sparc-tdep.c} and @file{rs6000-tdep.c}
c906108c
SS
3900for examples.
3901
e35879db
UW
3902@item set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (@var{gdbarch}, @var{set})
3903@findex set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing
3904Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have in the
3905debug information, the more time the linker has to spend relocating
3906them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger could find the
3907address it needs, you should omit it from the debug info, to make
3908linking faster.
3909
3910Calling @code{set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing} with a non-zero
3911argument @var{set} indicates that a particular set of hacks of this sort
3912are in use, affecting @code{N_SO} and @code{N_FUN} entries in stabs-format
3913debugging information. @code{N_SO} stabs mark the beginning and ending
3914addresses of compilation units in the text segment. @code{N_FUN} stabs
3915mark the starts and ends of functions.
3916
3917In this case, @value{GDBN} assumes two things:
3918
3919@itemize @bullet
3920@item
3921@code{N_FUN} stabs have an address of zero. Instead of using those
3922addresses, you should find the address where the function starts by
3923taking the function name from the stab, and then looking that up in the
3924minsyms (the linker/assembler symbol table). In other words, the stab
3925has the name, and the linker/assembler symbol table is the only place
3926that carries the address.
3927
3928@item
3929@code{N_SO} stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at the
3930@code{N_FUN} stabs that appear before and after the @code{N_SO} stab, and
3931guess the starting and ending addresses of the compilation unit from them.
3932@end itemize
3933
4a9bb1df
UW
3934@item int gdbarch_pc_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
3935@findex gdbarch_pc_regnum
3936If the program counter is kept in a register, then let this function return
3937the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
c906108c 3938
4a9bb1df
UW
3939This should only need to be defined if @code{gdbarch_read_pc} and
3940@code{gdbarch_write_pc} are not defined.
2df3850c 3941
4a9bb1df
UW
3942@item int gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type})
3943@findex gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr
4a9bb1df
UW
3944@anchor{gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr} Define this function to return
3945nonzero if a function argument of type @var{type} is passed by reference
3946instead of value.
a38c9fe6 3947
c906108c 3948@item PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
56caf160 3949@findex PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
c906108c
SS
3950A hook defined for XCOFF reading.
3951
4a9bb1df
UW
3952@item gdbarch_ps_regnum (@var{gdbarch}
3953@findex gdbarch_ps_regnum
3954If defined, this function returns the number of the processor status
3955register.
3956(This definition is only used in generic code when parsing "$ps".)
c906108c 3957
4a9bb1df
UW
3958@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_call (@var{gdbarch}, @var{function}, @var{regcache}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{nargs}, @var{args}, @var{sp}, @var{struct_return}, @var{struct_addr})
3959@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_call
4a9bb1df
UW
3960@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_call} Define this to push the dummy frame's call to
3961the inferior function onto the stack. In addition to pushing @var{nargs}, the
3962code should push @var{struct_addr} (when @var{struct_return} is non-zero), and
3963the return address (@var{bp_addr}).
c906108c 3964
86fe4aaa 3965@var{function} is a pointer to a @code{struct value}; on architectures that use
d4b6d575
RC
3966function descriptors, this contains the function descriptor value.
3967
b24da7d0 3968Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer.
b81774d8 3969
4a9bb1df
UW
3970@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sp}, @var{funaddr}, @var{using_gcc}, @var{args}, @var{nargs}, @var{value_type}, @var{real_pc}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{regcache})
3971@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_code
3972@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_code} Given a stack based call dummy, push the
7043d8dc
AC
3973instruction sequence (including space for a breakpoint) to which the
3974called function should return.
3975
3976Set @var{bp_addr} to the address at which the breakpoint instruction
3977should be inserted, @var{real_pc} to the resume address when starting
3978the call sequence, and return the updated inner-most stack address.
3979
3980By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned
3981(@pxref{frame_align}) breakpoint, @var{bp_addr} is set to the address
3982reserved for that breakpoint, and @var{real_pc} set to @var{funaddr}.
3983
1f70da6a 3984This method replaces @w{@code{gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})}}.
7043d8dc 3985
4a9bb1df
UW
3986@item const char *gdbarch_register_name (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnr})
3987@findex gdbarch_register_name
3988Return the name of register @var{regnr} as a string. May return @code{NULL}
3989to indicate that @var{regnr} is not a valid register.
c906108c 3990
4a9bb1df
UW
3991@item int gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sdb_regnr})
3992@findex gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum
3993Use this function to convert sdb register @var{sdb_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
3994regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
c906108c 3995
963e2bb7 3996@item enum return_value_convention gdbarch_return_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{valtype}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, void *@var{readbuf}, const void *@var{writebuf})
92ad9cd9
AC
3997@findex gdbarch_return_value
3998@anchor{gdbarch_return_value} Given a function with a return-value of
3999type @var{rettype}, return which return-value convention that function
4000would use.
4001
4002@value{GDBN} currently recognizes two function return-value conventions:
4003@code{RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION} where the return value is found
4004in registers; and @code{RETURN_VALUE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} where the return
4005value is found in memory and the address of that memory location is
4006passed in as the function's first parameter.
4007
963e2bb7
AC
4008If the register convention is being used, and @var{writebuf} is
4009non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return-value in @var{writebuf} into
92ad9cd9
AC
4010@var{regcache}.
4011
963e2bb7 4012If the register convention is being used, and @var{readbuf} is
92ad9cd9 4013non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return value from @var{regcache} into
963e2bb7 4014@var{readbuf} (@var{regcache} contains a copy of the registers from the
92ad9cd9
AC
4015just returned function).
4016
92ad9cd9
AC
4017@emph{Maintainer note: This method replaces separate predicate, extract,
4018store methods. By having only one method, the logic needed to determine
4019the return-value convention need only be implemented in one place. If
4020@value{GDBN} were written in an @sc{oo} language, this method would
4021instead return an object that knew how to perform the register
4022return-value extract and store.}
4023
4024@emph{Maintainer note: This method does not take a @var{gcc_p}
4025parameter, and such a parameter should not be added. If an architecture
4026that requires per-compiler or per-function information be identified,
4027then the replacement of @var{rettype} with @code{struct value}
d3e8051b 4028@var{function} should be pursued.}
92ad9cd9
AC
4029
4030@emph{Maintainer note: The @var{regcache} parameter limits this methods
4031to the inner most frame. While replacing @var{regcache} with a
4032@code{struct frame_info} @var{frame} parameter would remove that
4033limitation there has yet to be a demonstrated need for such a change.}
4034
4a9bb1df
UW
4035@item void gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regcache})
4036@findex gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint
25822942 4037Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. @value{GDBN} normally
c2c6d25f
JM
4038steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one instruction, and
4039re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent breakpoints are
4040hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, so this strategy
4a9bb1df
UW
4041doesn't work. Calling @code{gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint} adjusts the
4042processor's state so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint.
4043This function does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the delay slot
c2c6d25f
JM
4044of a branch or jump.
4045
4a9bb1df
UW
4046@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_skip_prologue (@var{gdbarch}, @var{ip})
4047@findex gdbarch_skip_prologue
4048A function that returns the address of the ``real'' code beyond the
4049function entry prologue found at @var{ip}.
c906108c 4050
4a9bb1df
UW
4051@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{pc})
4052@findex gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code
c906108c 4053If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between callers and
4a9bb1df 4054the functions being called, then define this function to return a new PC
c906108c
SS
4055that is at the start of the real function.
4056
4a9bb1df
UW
4057@item int gdbarch_sp_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
4058@findex gdbarch_sp_regnum
4059If the stack-pointer is kept in a register, then use this function to return
6c0e89ed
AC
4060the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register, or -1 if
4061there is no such register.
c906108c 4062
1f70da6a
SS
4063@item int gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
4064@findex gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum
4065If the frame pointer is in a register, use this function to return the
4066number of that register.
4067
4a9bb1df
UW
4068@item int gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{stab_regnr})
4069@findex gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum
4070Use this function to convert stab register @var{stab_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
4071regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
4072
c906108c 4073@item SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
4074@findex SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
4075The default value of the ``symbol-reloading'' variable. (Never defined in
c906108c
SS
4076current sources.)
4077
c906108c 4078@item TARGET_CHAR_BIT
56caf160 4079@findex TARGET_CHAR_BIT
c906108c
SS
4080Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8.
4081
4a9bb1df
UW
4082@item int gdbarch_char_signed (@var{gdbarch})
4083@findex gdbarch_char_signed
c3d3ce5b
JB
4084Non-zero if @code{char} is normally signed on this architecture; zero if
4085it should be unsigned.
4086
4087The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat @code{char} as
4088equivalent to either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}; any
4089character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive.
4090Most compilers treat @code{char} as signed, but @code{char} is unsigned
4091on the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets.
4092
4a9bb1df
UW
4093@item int gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4094@findex gdbarch_double_bit
4095Number of bits in a double float; defaults to @w{@code{8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4096
4a9bb1df
UW
4097@item int gdbarch_float_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4098@findex gdbarch_float_bit
4099Number of bits in a float; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
ac9a91a7 4100
4a9bb1df
UW
4101@item int gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4102@findex gdbarch_int_bit
4103Number of bits in an integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4104
4a9bb1df
UW
4105@item int gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4106@findex gdbarch_long_bit
4107Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4108
4a9bb1df
UW
4109@item int gdbarch_long_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4110@findex gdbarch_long_double_bit
c906108c 4111Number of bits in a long double float;
4a9bb1df
UW
4112defaults to @w{@code{2 * gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4113
4114@item int gdbarch_long_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4115@findex gdbarch_long_long_bit
4116Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to
4117@w{@code{2 * gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4118
4119@item int gdbarch_ptr_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4120@findex gdbarch_ptr_bit
4121Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to
4122@w{@code{gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4123
4124@item int gdbarch_short_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4125@findex gdbarch_short_bit
4126Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to @w{@code{2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
4127
4128@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_read_pc (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regcache})
4129@findex gdbarch_read_pc
4130@itemx gdbarch_write_pc (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regcache}, @var{val})
4131@findex gdbarch_write_pc
4132@anchor{gdbarch_write_pc}
56caf160
EZ
4133@itemx TARGET_READ_SP
4134@findex TARGET_READ_SP
56caf160
EZ
4135@itemx TARGET_READ_FP
4136@findex TARGET_READ_FP
4a9bb1df
UW
4137@findex gdbarch_read_pc
4138@findex gdbarch_write_pc
56caf160 4139@findex read_sp
56caf160 4140@findex read_fp
4a9bb1df
UW
4141@anchor{TARGET_READ_SP} These change the behavior of @code{gdbarch_read_pc},
4142@code{gdbarch_write_pc}, and @code{read_sp}. For most targets, these may be
9c8dbfa9
AC
4143left undefined. @value{GDBN} will call the read and write register
4144functions with the relevant @code{_REGNUM} argument.
c906108c 4145
4a9bb1df
UW
4146These macros and functions are useful when a target keeps one of these
4147registers in a hard to get at place; for example, part in a segment register
4148and part in an ordinary register.
c906108c 4149
4a9bb1df 4150@xref{gdbarch_unwind_sp}, which replaces @code{TARGET_READ_SP}.
a9e5fdc2 4151
4a9bb1df
UW
4152@item void gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{frame_regnum}, @var{frame_offset})
4153@findex gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer
1f70da6a
SS
4154Returns a @code{(@var{register}, @var{offset})} pair representing the virtual
4155frame pointer in use at the code address @var{pc}. If virtual frame
4156pointers are not used, a default definition simply returns
4157@code{gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum} (or @code{gdbarch_sp_regnum}, if
4158no frame pointer is defined), with an offset of zero.
4159
4160@c need to explain virtual frame pointers, they are recorded in agent expressions
4161@c for tracepoints
c906108c 4162
9742079a
EZ
4163@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
4164If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted
4165watchpoints. @xref{Algorithms, watchpoints}, for more details and
4166other related macros.
4167
4a9bb1df
UW
4168@item int gdbarch_print_insn (@var{gdbarch}, @var{vma}, @var{info})
4169@findex gdbarch_print_insn
7ccaa899 4170This is the function used by @value{GDBN} to print an assembly
4a9bb1df 4171instruction. It prints the instruction at address @var{vma} in
1f70da6a
SS
4172debugged memory and returns the length of the instruction, in bytes.
4173This usually points to a function in the @code{opcodes} library
4174(@pxref{Support Libraries, ,Opcodes}). @var{info} is a structure (of
4175type @code{disassemble_info}) defined in the header file
4176@file{include/dis-asm.h}, and used to pass information to the
4177instruction decoding routine.
7ccaa899 4178
669fac23
DJ
4179@item frame_id gdbarch_dummy_id (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame})
4180@findex gdbarch_dummy_id
4181@anchor{gdbarch_dummy_id} Given @var{frame} return a @w{@code{struct
4a9bb1df 4182frame_id}} that uniquely identifies an inferior function call's dummy
b24da7d0 4183frame. The value returned must match the dummy frame stack value
669fac23 4184previously saved by @code{call_function_by_hand}.
6314f104 4185
4a9bb1df
UW
4186@item void gdbarch_value_to_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
4187@findex gdbarch_value_to_register
4188Convert a value of type @var{type} into the raw contents of a register.
13d01224
AC
4189@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
4190
c906108c
SS
4191@end table
4192
4193Motorola M68K target conditionals.
4194
56caf160 4195@ftable @code
c906108c
SS
4196@item BPT_VECTOR
4197Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap vector. If
4198not defined, it will default to @code{0xf}.
4199
4200@item REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR
4201Defaults to @code{1}.
a23a7bf1 4202
56caf160 4203@end ftable
c906108c 4204
b6fd0dfb 4205@node Adding a New Target
c906108c
SS
4206@section Adding a New Target
4207
56caf160 4208@cindex adding a target
af6c57ea 4209The following files add a target to @value{GDBN}:
c906108c
SS
4210
4211@table @file
f0323ca0 4212@cindex target dependent files
c906108c 4213
c906108c
SS
4214@item gdb/@var{ttt}-tdep.c
4215Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. On
1f70da6a 4216some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c 4217
af6c57ea
AC
4218@item gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.c
4219@itemx gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.h
1f70da6a
SS
4220This is required to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
4221processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). It can be shared among many
4222targets that use the same processor architecture.
af6c57ea 4223
c906108c
SS
4224@end table
4225
1f70da6a
SS
4226(Target header files such as
4227@file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{ttt}.h},
4228@file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h}, and
4229@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h} are no longer used.)
c906108c 4230
123dc839
DJ
4231@node Target Descriptions
4232@chapter Target Descriptions
4233@cindex target descriptions
4234
4235The target architecture definition (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition})
4236contains @value{GDBN}'s hard-coded knowledge about an architecture. For
4237some platforms, it is handy to have more flexible knowledge about a specific
4238instance of the architecture---for instance, a processor or development board.
4239@dfn{Target descriptions} provide a mechanism for the user to tell @value{GDBN}
4240more about what their target supports, or for the target to tell @value{GDBN}
4241directly.
4242
4243For details on writing, automatically supplying, and manually selecting
4244target descriptions, see @ref{Target Descriptions, , , gdb,
4245Debugging with @value{GDBN}}. This section will cover some related
4246topics about the @value{GDBN} internals.
4247
4248@menu
4249* Target Descriptions Implementation::
4250* Adding Target Described Register Support::
4251@end menu
4252
4253@node Target Descriptions Implementation
4254@section Target Descriptions Implementation
4255@cindex target descriptions, implementation
4256
4257Before @value{GDBN} connects to a new target, or runs a new program on
4258an existing target, it discards any existing target description and
4259reverts to a default gdbarch. Then, after connecting, it looks for a
4260new target description by calling @code{target_find_description}.
4261
4262A description may come from a user specified file (XML), the remote
4263@samp{qXfer:features:read} packet (also XML), or from any custom
4264@code{to_read_description} routine in the target vector. For instance,
4265the remote target supports guessing whether a MIPS target is 32-bit or
426664-bit based on the size of the @samp{g} packet.
4267
4268If any target description is found, @value{GDBN} creates a new gdbarch
4269incorporating the description by calling @code{gdbarch_update_p}. Any
4270@samp{<architecture>} element is handled first, to determine which
4271architecture's gdbarch initialization routine is called to create the
4272new architecture. Then the initialization routine is called, and has
4273a chance to adjust the constructed architecture based on the contents
4274of the target description. For instance, it can recognize any
4275properties set by a @code{to_read_description} routine. Also
4276see @ref{Adding Target Described Register Support}.
4277
4278@node Adding Target Described Register Support
4279@section Adding Target Described Register Support
4280@cindex target descriptions, adding register support
4281
4282Target descriptions can report additional registers specific to an
4283instance of the target. But it takes a little work in the architecture
4284specific routines to support this.
4285
4286A target description must either have no registers or a complete
4287set---this avoids complexity in trying to merge standard registers
4288with the target defined registers. It is the architecture's
4289responsibility to validate that a description with registers has
4290everything it needs. To keep architecture code simple, the same
4291mechanism is used to assign fixed internal register numbers to
4292standard registers.
4293
4294If @code{tdesc_has_registers} returns 1, the description contains
4295registers. The architecture's @code{gdbarch_init} routine should:
4296
4297@itemize @bullet
4298
4299@item
4300Call @code{tdesc_data_alloc} to allocate storage, early, before
4301searching for a matching gdbarch or allocating a new one.
4302
4303@item
4304Use @code{tdesc_find_feature} to locate standard features by name.
4305
4306@item
4307Use @code{tdesc_numbered_register} and @code{tdesc_numbered_register_choices}
4308to locate the expected registers in the standard features.
4309
4310@item
4311Return @code{NULL} if a required feature is missing, or if any standard
4312feature is missing expected registers. This will produce a warning that
4313the description was incomplete.
4314
4315@item
4316Free the allocated data before returning, unless @code{tdesc_use_registers}
4317is called.
4318
4319@item
4320Call @code{set_gdbarch_num_regs} as usual, with a number higher than any
4321fixed number passed to @code{tdesc_numbered_register}.
4322
4323@item
4324Call @code{tdesc_use_registers} after creating a new gdbarch, before
4325returning it.
4326
4327@end itemize
4328
4329After @code{tdesc_use_registers} has been called, the architecture's
4330@code{register_name}, @code{register_type}, and @code{register_reggroup_p}
4331routines will not be called; that information will be taken from
4332the target description. @code{num_regs} may be increased to account
4333for any additional registers in the description.
4334
4335Pseudo-registers require some extra care:
4336
4337@itemize @bullet
4338
4339@item
4340Using @code{tdesc_numbered_register} allows the architecture to give
4341constant register numbers to standard architectural registers, e.g.@:
4342as an @code{enum} in @file{@var{arch}-tdep.h}. But because
4343pseudo-registers are always numbered above @code{num_regs},
4344which may be increased by the description, constant numbers
4345can not be used for pseudos. They must be numbered relative to
4346@code{num_regs} instead.
4347
4348@item
4349The description will not describe pseudo-registers, so the
4350architecture must call @code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_name},
4351@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_type}, and
4352@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_reggroup_p} to supply routines
4353describing pseudo registers. These routines will be passed
4354internal register numbers, so the same routines used for the
4355gdbarch equivalents are usually suitable.
4356
4357@end itemize
4358
4359
c906108c
SS
4360@node Target Vector Definition
4361
4362@chapter Target Vector Definition
56caf160 4363@cindex target vector
c906108c 4364
56caf160
EZ
4365The target vector defines the interface between @value{GDBN}'s
4366abstract handling of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that
4367actually exercises control over a process or a serial port.
4368@value{GDBN} includes some 30-40 different target vectors; however,
4369each configuration of @value{GDBN} includes only a few of them.
c906108c 4370
52bb452f
DJ
4371@menu
4372* Managing Execution State::
4373* Existing Targets::
4374@end menu
4375
4376@node Managing Execution State
4377@section Managing Execution State
4378@cindex execution state
4379
4380A target vector can be completely inactive (not pushed on the target
4381stack), active but not running (pushed, but not connected to a fully
4382manifested inferior), or completely active (pushed, with an accessible
4383inferior). Most targets are only completely inactive or completely
d3e8051b 4384active, but some support persistent connections to a target even
52bb452f
DJ
4385when the target has exited or not yet started.
4386
4387For example, connecting to the simulator using @code{target sim} does
4388not create a running program. Neither registers nor memory are
4389accessible until @code{run}. Similarly, after @code{kill}, the
4390program can not continue executing. But in both cases @value{GDBN}
4391remains connected to the simulator, and target-specific commands
4392are directed to the simulator.
4393
4394A target which only supports complete activation should push itself
4395onto the stack in its @code{to_open} routine (by calling
4396@code{push_target}), and unpush itself from the stack in its
4397@code{to_mourn_inferior} routine (by calling @code{unpush_target}).
4398
4399A target which supports both partial and complete activation should
4400still call @code{push_target} in @code{to_open}, but not call
4401@code{unpush_target} in @code{to_mourn_inferior}. Instead, it should
4402call either @code{target_mark_running} or @code{target_mark_exited}
4403in its @code{to_open}, depending on whether the target is fully active
4404after connection. It should also call @code{target_mark_running} any
4405time the inferior becomes fully active (e.g.@: in
4406@code{to_create_inferior} and @code{to_attach}), and
4407@code{target_mark_exited} when the inferior becomes inactive (in
4408@code{to_mourn_inferior}). The target should also make sure to call
4409@code{target_mourn_inferior} from its @code{to_kill}, to return the
4410target to inactive state.
4411
4412@node Existing Targets
4413@section Existing Targets
4414@cindex targets
4415
4416@subsection File Targets
c906108c
SS
4417
4418Both executables and core files have target vectors.
4419
52bb452f 4420@subsection Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs
c906108c 4421
56caf160
EZ
4422@value{GDBN}'s file @file{remote.c} talks a serial protocol to code
4423that runs in the target system. @value{GDBN} provides several sample
4424@dfn{stubs} that can be integrated into target programs or operating
1f70da6a
SS
4425systems for this purpose; they are named @file{@var{cpu}-stub.c}. Many
4426operating systems, embedded targets, emulators, and simulators already
4427have a GDB stub built into them, and maintenance of the remote
4428protocol must be careful to preserve compatibility.
c906108c 4429
56caf160
EZ
4430The @value{GDBN} user's manual describes how to put such a stub into
4431your target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the
4432SPARC stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple
4433program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub.
c906108c
SS
4434
4435The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry to
56caf160 4436@code{trap_low}:
c906108c
SS
4437
4438@enumerate
56caf160
EZ
4439@item
4440%l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the trap;
c906108c 4441
56caf160
EZ
4442@item
4443traps are disabled;
c906108c 4444
56caf160
EZ
4445@item
4446you are in the correct trap window.
c906108c
SS
4447@end enumerate
4448
4449As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then there
56caf160 4450is no reason why you shouldn't be able to ``share'' traps with the stub.
c906108c
SS
4451The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from the
4452hardware trap vector. That is why it calls @code{exceptionHandler()},
4453which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could
56caf160 4454set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub
c906108c
SS
4455first, and then transfers to its own trap handler.
4456
4457For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with
56caf160 4458``sharing'' traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel,
c906108c
SS
4459and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all
4460controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important
4461trap for us is for @code{ta 1}. Without that, we can't single step or
4462do breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation
4463of the debugger/stub.
4464
4465From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints work.
25822942 4466They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 4467
52bb452f 4468@subsection ROM Monitor Interface
c906108c 4469
52bb452f 4470@subsection Custom Protocols
c906108c 4471
52bb452f 4472@subsection Transport Layer
c906108c 4473
52bb452f 4474@subsection Builtin Simulator
c906108c
SS
4475
4476
4477@node Native Debugging
4478
4479@chapter Native Debugging
56caf160 4480@cindex native debugging
c906108c 4481
25822942 4482Several files control @value{GDBN}'s configuration for native support:
c906108c
SS
4483
4484@table @file
56caf160 4485@vindex NATDEPFILES
c906108c 4486@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527 4487Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a @emph{native} configuration on
c906108c
SS
4488machine @var{xyz}. In particular, this lists the required
4489native-dependent object files, by defining @samp{NATDEPFILES=@dots{}}.
4490Also specifies the header file which describes native support on
4491@var{xyz}, by defining @samp{NAT_FILE= nm-@var{xyz}.h}. You can also
4492define @samp{NAT_CFLAGS}, @samp{NAT_ADD_FILES}, @samp{NAT_CLIBS},
3d0bb823 4493@samp{NAT_CDEPS}, @samp{NAT_GENERATED_FILES}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 4494
7fd60527
AC
4495@emph{Maintainer's note: The @file{.mh} suffix is because this file
4496originally contained @file{Makefile} fragments for hosting @value{GDBN}
4497on machine @var{xyz}. While the file is no longer used for this
937f164b 4498purpose, the @file{.mh} suffix remains. Perhaps someone will
7fd60527
AC
4499eventually rename these fragments so that they have a @file{.mn}
4500suffix.}
4501
c906108c 4502@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/nm-@var{xyz}.h
56caf160 4503(@file{nm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains C
c906108c
SS
4504macro definitions describing the native system environment, such as
4505child process control and core file support.
4506
4507@item gdb/@var{xyz}-nat.c
4508Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support of
4509this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c
SS
4510@end table
4511
4512There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
4513various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
4514defined in your @file{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
4515the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
4516@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4517
4518Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
4519to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
56caf160 4520Put them into @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c}, and put @file{@var{xyz}-nat.o}
c906108c
SS
4521into @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4522
4523@table @file
c906108c
SS
4524@item inftarg.c
4525This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4526processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the child.
4527
4528@item procfs.c
4529This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4530processes on systems which use /proc to control the child.
4531
4532@item fork-child.c
56caf160
EZ
4533This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a ``fork
4534and exec'' to start up a child process.
c906108c
SS
4535
4536@item infptrace.c
4537This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems using
4538the Unix @code{ptrace} call in a vanilla way.
c906108c
SS
4539@end table
4540
4541@section Native core file Support
56caf160 4542@cindex native core files
c906108c
SS
4543
4544@table @file
56caf160 4545@findex fetch_core_registers
c906108c
SS
4546@item core-aout.c::fetch_core_registers()
4547Support for reading registers out of a core file. This routine calls
4548@code{register_addr()}, see below. Now that BFD is used to read core
4549files, virtually all machines should use @code{core-aout.c}, and should
4550just provide @code{fetch_core_registers} in @code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} (or
4551@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} in @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h}).
4552
4553@item core-aout.c::register_addr()
4554If your @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file defines the macro
4555@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR(addr, blockend, regno)}, it should be defined to
25822942 4556set @code{addr} to the offset within the @samp{user} struct of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4557register number @code{regno}. @code{blockend} is the offset within the
4558``upage'' of @code{u.u_ar0}. If @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} is defined,
4559@file{core-aout.c} will define the @code{register_addr()} function and
4560use the macro in it. If you do not define @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR}, but
4561you are using the standard @code{fetch_core_registers()}, you will need
4562to define your own version of @code{register_addr()}, put it into your
4563@code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file, and be sure @code{@var{xyz}-nat.o} is in
4564the @code{NATDEPFILES} list. If you have your own
4565@code{fetch_core_registers()}, you may not need a separate
4566@code{register_addr()}. Many custom @code{fetch_core_registers()}
4567implementations simply locate the registers themselves.@refill
c906108c
SS
4568@end table
4569
25822942 4570When making @value{GDBN} run native on a new operating system, to make it
c906108c
SS
4571possible to debug core files, you will need to either write specific
4572code for parsing your OS's core files, or customize
4573@file{bfd/trad-core.c}. First, use whatever @code{#include} files your
4574machine uses to define the struct of registers that is accessible
4575(possibly in the u-area) in a core file (rather than
4576@file{machine/reg.h}), and an include file that defines whatever header
c1468174 4577exists on a core file (e.g., the u-area or a @code{struct core}). Then
56caf160 4578modify @code{trad_unix_core_file_p} to use these values to set up the
c906108c
SS
4579section information for the data segment, stack segment, any other
4580segments in the core file (perhaps shared library contents or control
4581information), ``registers'' segment, and if there are two discontiguous
c1468174 4582sets of registers (e.g., integer and float), the ``reg2'' segment. This
c906108c
SS
4583section information basically delimits areas in the core file in a
4584standard way, which the section-reading routines in BFD know how to seek
4585around in.
4586
25822942 4587Then back in @value{GDBN}, you need a matching routine called
56caf160 4588@code{fetch_core_registers}. If you can use the generic one, it's in
c906108c
SS
4589@file{core-aout.c}; if not, it's in your @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file.
4590It will be passed a char pointer to the entire ``registers'' segment,
4591its length, and a zero; or a char pointer to the entire ``regs2''
4592segment, its length, and a 2. The routine should suck out the supplied
25822942 4593register values and install them into @value{GDBN}'s ``registers'' array.
c906108c
SS
4594
4595If your system uses @file{/proc} to control processes, and uses ELF
4596format core files, then you may be able to use the same routines for
4597reading the registers out of processes and out of core files.
4598
4599@section ptrace
4600
4601@section /proc
4602
4603@section win32
4604
4605@section shared libraries
4606
4607@section Native Conditionals
56caf160 4608@cindex native conditionals
c906108c 4609
56caf160
EZ
4610When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
4611defined or left undefined, to control compilation when the host and
4612target systems are the same. These macros should be defined (or left
4613undefined) in @file{nm-@var{system}.h}.
c906108c 4614
1f6d4158
AC
4615@table @code
4616
9742079a
EZ
4617@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
4618An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
4619support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
4620
c906108c 4621@item PROC_NAME_FMT
56caf160 4622@findex PROC_NAME_FMT
c906108c
SS
4623Defines the format for the name of a @file{/proc} device. Should be
4624defined in @file{nm.h} @emph{only} in order to override the default
4625definition in @file{procfs.c}.
4626
990f9fe3 4627@item SOLIB_ADD (@var{filename}, @var{from_tty}, @var{targ}, @var{readsyms})
56caf160 4628@findex SOLIB_ADD
c906108c 4629Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the symbols in
990f9fe3
FF
4630@var{filename} to be added to @value{GDBN}'s symbol table. If
4631@var{readsyms} is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level
4632processing for @var{filename} is still done.
c906108c
SS
4633
4634@item SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
56caf160 4635@findex SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
c906108c
SS
4636Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that you
4637want to be run just after the child process has been forked.
4638
4639@item START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
56caf160
EZ
4640@findex START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
4641When starting an inferior, @value{GDBN} normally expects to trap
4642twice; once when
c906108c
SS
4643the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. If the actual
4644number of traps is something other than 2, then define this macro to
4645expand into the number expected.
4646
c906108c
SS
4647@end table
4648
c906108c
SS
4649@node Support Libraries
4650
4651@chapter Support Libraries
4652
4653@section BFD
56caf160 4654@cindex BFD library
c906108c 4655
25822942 4656BFD provides support for @value{GDBN} in several ways:
c906108c
SS
4657
4658@table @emph
c906108c
SS
4659@item identifying executable and core files
4660BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, and
4661several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core files.
4662
4663@item access to sections of files
4664BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual addresses,
4665sizes, and file locations of all the various named sections in files
56caf160
EZ
4666(such as the text section or the data section). @value{GDBN} simply
4667calls BFD to read or write section @var{x} at byte offset @var{y} for
4668length @var{z}.
c906108c
SS
4669
4670@item specialized core file support
4671BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored in a
4672core file, the signal with which the program failed, and whether a core
56caf160 4673file matches (i.e.@: could be a core dump of) a particular executable
c906108c
SS
4674file.
4675
4676@item locating the symbol information
25822942
DB
4677@value{GDBN} uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find the
4678symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. @value{GDBN} itself
c906108c 4679handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not ``understand'' debug
25822942 4680symbols, but @value{GDBN} uses BFD's cached information to find the symbols,
c906108c 4681string table, etc.
c906108c
SS
4682@end table
4683
4684@section opcodes
56caf160 4685@cindex opcodes library
c906108c 4686
25822942 4687The opcodes library provides @value{GDBN}'s disassembler. (It's a separate
c906108c
SS
4688library because it's also used in binutils, for @file{objdump}).
4689
4690@section readline
86f04699
EZ
4691@cindex readline library
4692The @code{readline} library provides a set of functions for use by applications
4693that allow users to edit command lines as they are typed in.
c906108c
SS
4694
4695@section libiberty
1eb288ea
EZ
4696@cindex @code{libiberty} library
4697
4698The @code{libiberty} library provides a set of functions and features
4699that integrate and improve on functionality found in modern operating
4700systems. Broadly speaking, such features can be divided into three
4701groups: supplemental functions (functions that may be missing in some
4702environments and operating systems), replacement functions (providing
4703a uniform and easier to use interface for commonly used standard
4704functions), and extensions (which provide additional functionality
4705beyond standard functions).
4706
4707@value{GDBN} uses various features provided by the @code{libiberty}
4708library, for instance the C@t{++} demangler, the @acronym{IEEE}
4709floating format support functions, the input options parser
4710@samp{getopt}, the @samp{obstack} extension, and other functions.
4711
4712@subsection @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN}
4713@cindex @code{obstacks}
4714
4715The obstack mechanism provides a convenient way to allocate and free
4716chunks of memory. Each obstack is a pool of memory that is managed
4717like a stack. Objects (of any nature, size and alignment) are
4718allocated and freed in a @acronym{LIFO} fashion on an obstack (see
d3e8051b 4719@code{libiberty}'s documentation for a more detailed explanation of
1eb288ea
EZ
4720@code{obstacks}).
4721
4722The most noticeable use of the @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN} is in
4723object files. There is an obstack associated with each internal
4724representation of an object file. Lots of things get allocated on
4725these @code{obstacks}: dictionary entries, blocks, blockvectors,
4726symbols, minimal symbols, types, vectors of fundamental types, class
4727fields of types, object files section lists, object files section
d3e8051b 4728offset lists, line tables, symbol tables, partial symbol tables,
1eb288ea
EZ
4729string tables, symbol table private data, macros tables, debug
4730information sections and entries, import and export lists (som),
4731unwind information (hppa), dwarf2 location expressions data. Plus
4732various strings such as directory names strings, debug format strings,
4733names of types.
4734
4735An essential and convenient property of all data on @code{obstacks} is
4736that memory for it gets allocated (with @code{obstack_alloc}) at
d3e8051b 4737various times during a debugging session, but it is released all at
1eb288ea
EZ
4738once using the @code{obstack_free} function. The @code{obstack_free}
4739function takes a pointer to where in the stack it must start the
4740deletion from (much like the cleanup chains have a pointer to where to
4741start the cleanups). Because of the stack like structure of the
4742@code{obstacks}, this allows to free only a top portion of the
4743obstack. There are a few instances in @value{GDBN} where such thing
4744happens. Calls to @code{obstack_free} are done after some local data
4745is allocated to the obstack. Only the local data is deleted from the
4746obstack. Of course this assumes that nothing between the
4747@code{obstack_alloc} and the @code{obstack_free} allocates anything
4748else on the same obstack. For this reason it is best and safest to
4749use temporary @code{obstacks}.
4750
4751Releasing the whole obstack is also not safe per se. It is safe only
4752under the condition that we know the @code{obstacks} memory is no
4753longer needed. In @value{GDBN} we get rid of the @code{obstacks} only
4754when we get rid of the whole objfile(s), for instance upon reading a
4755new symbol file.
c906108c
SS
4756
4757@section gnu-regex
56caf160 4758@cindex regular expressions library
c906108c
SS
4759
4760Regex conditionals.
4761
4762@table @code
c906108c
SS
4763@item C_ALLOCA
4764
4765@item NFAILURES
4766
4767@item RE_NREGS
4768
4769@item SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR
4770
4771@item SWITCH_ENUM_BUG
4772
4773@item SYNTAX_TABLE
4774
4775@item Sword
4776
4777@item sparc
c906108c
SS
4778@end table
4779
350da6ee
DJ
4780@section Array Containers
4781@cindex Array Containers
4782@cindex VEC
4783
4784Often it is necessary to manipulate a dynamic array of a set of
4785objects. C forces some bookkeeping on this, which can get cumbersome
d3e8051b 4786and repetitive. The @file{vec.h} file contains macros for defining
350da6ee
DJ
4787and using a typesafe vector type. The functions defined will be
4788inlined when compiling, and so the abstraction cost should be zero.
4789Domain checks are added to detect programming errors.
4790
4791An example use would be an array of symbols or section information.
4792The array can be grown as symbols are read in (or preallocated), and
4793the accessor macros provided keep care of all the necessary
4794bookkeeping. Because the arrays are type safe, there is no danger of
4795accidentally mixing up the contents. Think of these as C++ templates,
4796but implemented in C.
4797
4798Because of the different behavior of structure objects, scalar objects
4799and of pointers, there are three flavors of vector, one for each of
4800these variants. Both the structure object and pointer variants pass
4801pointers to objects around --- in the former case the pointers are
4802stored into the vector and in the latter case the pointers are
4803dereferenced and the objects copied into the vector. The scalar
4804object variant is suitable for @code{int}-like objects, and the vector
4805elements are returned by value.
4806
4807There are both @code{index} and @code{iterate} accessors. The iterator
4808returns a boolean iteration condition and updates the iteration
4809variable passed by reference. Because the iterator will be inlined,
4810the address-of can be optimized away.
4811
4812The vectors are implemented using the trailing array idiom, thus they
4813are not resizeable without changing the address of the vector object
4814itself. This means you cannot have variables or fields of vector type
4815--- always use a pointer to a vector. The one exception is the final
4816field of a structure, which could be a vector type. You will have to
4817use the @code{embedded_size} & @code{embedded_init} calls to create
4818such objects, and they will probably not be resizeable (so don't use
4819the @dfn{safe} allocation variants). The trailing array idiom is used
4820(rather than a pointer to an array of data), because, if we allow
4821@code{NULL} to also represent an empty vector, empty vectors occupy
4822minimal space in the structure containing them.
4823
4824Each operation that increases the number of active elements is
4825available in @dfn{quick} and @dfn{safe} variants. The former presumes
4826that there is sufficient allocated space for the operation to succeed
4827(it dies if there is not). The latter will reallocate the vector, if
4828needed. Reallocation causes an exponential increase in vector size.
4829If you know you will be adding N elements, it would be more efficient
4830to use the reserve operation before adding the elements with the
4831@dfn{quick} operation. This will ensure there are at least as many
4832elements as you ask for, it will exponentially increase if there are
4833too few spare slots. If you want reserve a specific number of slots,
4834but do not want the exponential increase (for instance, you know this
4835is the last allocation), use a negative number for reservation. You
4836can also create a vector of a specific size from the get go.
4837
4838You should prefer the push and pop operations, as they append and
4839remove from the end of the vector. If you need to remove several items
4840in one go, use the truncate operation. The insert and remove
4841operations allow you to change elements in the middle of the vector.
4842There are two remove operations, one which preserves the element
4843ordering @code{ordered_remove}, and one which does not
4844@code{unordered_remove}. The latter function copies the end element
4845into the removed slot, rather than invoke a memmove operation. The
4846@code{lower_bound} function will determine where to place an item in
4847the array using insert that will maintain sorted order.
4848
4849If you need to directly manipulate a vector, then the @code{address}
4850accessor will return the address of the start of the vector. Also the
4851@code{space} predicate will tell you whether there is spare capacity in the
4852vector. You will not normally need to use these two functions.
4853
4854Vector types are defined using a
4855@code{DEF_VEC_@{O,P,I@}(@var{typename})} macro. Variables of vector
4856type are declared using a @code{VEC(@var{typename})} macro. The
4857characters @code{O}, @code{P} and @code{I} indicate whether
4858@var{typename} is an object (@code{O}), pointer (@code{P}) or integral
4859(@code{I}) type. Be careful to pick the correct one, as you'll get an
4860awkward and inefficient API if you use the wrong one. There is a
4861check, which results in a compile-time warning, for the @code{P} and
4862@code{I} versions, but there is no check for the @code{O} versions, as
4863that is not possible in plain C.
4864
4865An example of their use would be,
4866
4867@smallexample
4868DEF_VEC_P(tree); // non-managed tree vector.
4869
4870struct my_struct @{
4871 VEC(tree) *v; // A (pointer to) a vector of tree pointers.
4872@};
4873
4874struct my_struct *s;
4875
4876if (VEC_length(tree, s->v)) @{ we have some contents @}
4877VEC_safe_push(tree, s->v, decl); // append some decl onto the end
4878for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(tree, s->v, ix, elt); ix++)
4879 @{ do something with elt @}
4880
4881@end smallexample
4882
4883The @file{vec.h} file provides details on how to invoke the various
4884accessors provided. They are enumerated here:
4885
4886@table @code
4887@item VEC_length
4888Return the number of items in the array,
4889
4890@item VEC_empty
4891Return true if the array has no elements.
4892
4893@item VEC_last
4894@itemx VEC_index
4895Return the last or arbitrary item in the array.
4896
4897@item VEC_iterate
4898Access an array element and indicate whether the array has been
4899traversed.
4900
4901@item VEC_alloc
4902@itemx VEC_free
4903Create and destroy an array.
4904
4905@item VEC_embedded_size
4906@itemx VEC_embedded_init
4907Helpers for embedding an array as the final element of another struct.
4908
4909@item VEC_copy
4910Duplicate an array.
4911
4912@item VEC_space
4913Return the amount of free space in an array.
4914
4915@item VEC_reserve
4916Ensure a certain amount of free space.
4917
4918@item VEC_quick_push
4919@itemx VEC_safe_push
4920Append to an array, either assuming the space is available, or making
4921sure that it is.
4922
4923@item VEC_pop
4924Remove the last item from an array.
4925
4926@item VEC_truncate
4927Remove several items from the end of an array.
4928
4929@item VEC_safe_grow
4930Add several items to the end of an array.
4931
4932@item VEC_replace
4933Overwrite an item in the array.
4934
4935@item VEC_quick_insert
4936@itemx VEC_safe_insert
4937Insert an item into the middle of the array. Either the space must
4938already exist, or the space is created.
4939
4940@item VEC_ordered_remove
4941@itemx VEC_unordered_remove
4942Remove an item from the array, preserving order or not.
4943
4944@item VEC_block_remove
4945Remove a set of items from the array.
4946
4947@item VEC_address
4948Provide the address of the first element.
4949
4950@item VEC_lower_bound
4951Binary search the array.
4952
4953@end table
4954
c906108c
SS
4955@section include
4956
4957@node Coding
4958
4959@chapter Coding
4960
4961This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major
25822942 4962algorithms of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
4963
4964@section Cleanups
56caf160 4965@cindex cleanups
c906108c
SS
4966
4967Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done
cc1cb004 4968later.
c906108c 4969
cc1cb004
AC
4970When your code does something (e.g., @code{xmalloc} some memory, or
4971@code{open} a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., @code{xfree}
4972the memory or @code{close} the file), it can make a cleanup. The
4973cleanup will be done at some future point: when the command is finished
4974and control returns to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack
4975is unwound; or when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform
4976cleanups. Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you
4977created.
c906108c
SS
4978
4979Syntax:
4980
4981@table @code
c906108c
SS
4982@item struct cleanup *@var{old_chain};
4983Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle.
4984
56caf160 4985@findex make_cleanup
c906108c
SS
4986@item @var{old_chain} = make_cleanup (@var{function}, @var{arg});
4987Make a cleanup which will cause @var{function} to be called with
4988@var{arg} (a @code{char *}) later. The result, @var{old_chain}, is a
cc1cb004
AC
4989handle that can later be passed to @code{do_cleanups} or
4990@code{discard_cleanups}. Unless you are going to call
4991@code{do_cleanups} or @code{discard_cleanups}, you can ignore the result
4992from @code{make_cleanup}.
c906108c 4993
56caf160 4994@findex do_cleanups
c906108c 4995@item do_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
cc1cb004
AC
4996Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding
4997@code{make_cleanup} call was made.
4998
4999@findex discard_cleanups
5000@item discard_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
5001Same as @code{do_cleanups} except that it just removes the cleanups from
5002the chain and does not call the specified functions.
5003@end table
5004
5005Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by
5006@code{make_cleanups} includes the cleanup passed to the call and any
5007later cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or
5008performed). E.g.:
56caf160 5009
474c8240 5010@smallexample
c906108c 5011make_cleanup (a, 0);
cc1cb004
AC
5012@{
5013 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0);
5014 make_cleanup (c, 0)
5015 ...
5016 do_cleanups (old);
5017@}
474c8240 5018@end smallexample
56caf160 5019
c906108c 5020@noindent
cc1cb004
AC
5021will call @code{c()} and @code{b()} but will not call @code{a()}. The
5022cleanup that calls @code{a()} will remain in the cleanup chain, and will
5023be done later unless otherwise discarded.@refill
5024
5025Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it creates.
5026Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since the caller
5027will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. This need leads
5028to two common cleanup styles.
5029
5030The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5031@code{do_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that your
5032code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the following
5033code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when @code{error} is
5034called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the
5035@code{xfree} will always be called:
c906108c 5036
474c8240 5037@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5038struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5039data = xmalloc (sizeof blah);
5040make_cleanup (xfree, data);
5041... blah blah ...
5042do_cleanups (old);
474c8240 5043@end smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5044
5045The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5046@code{discard_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that
5047any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the following
5048code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only if there is
5049an error:
5050
474c8240 5051@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5052FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r");
5053struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file);
5054... blah blah ...
5055discard_cleanups (old);
5056return file;
474c8240 5057@end smallexample
c906108c 5058
c1468174 5059Some functions, e.g., @code{fputs_filtered()} or @code{error()}, specify
c906108c
SS
5060that they ``should not be called when cleanups are not in place''. This
5061means that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or
5062interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these
5063functions, since they might never return to your code (they
5064@samp{longjmp} instead).
5065
ba8c9337
AC
5066@section Per-architecture module data
5067@cindex per-architecture module data
5068@cindex multi-arch data
5069@cindex data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module
5070
fc989b7a
AC
5071The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module
5072specific per-architecture data-pointers to the @code{struct gdbarch}
5073architecture object.
5074
5075A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using:
5076
5077@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_pre_init (gdbarch_data_pre_init_ftype *@var{pre_init})
5078@var{pre_init} is used to, on-demand, allocate an initial value for a
5079per-architecture data-pointer using the architecture's obstack (passed
5080in as a parameter). Since @var{pre_init} can be called during
5081architecture creation, it is not parameterized with the architecture.
5082and must not call modules that use per-architecture data.
5083@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 5084
fc989b7a
AC
5085@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_post_init (gdbarch_data_post_init_ftype *@var{post_init})
5086@var{post_init} is used to obtain an initial value for a
5087per-architecture data-pointer @emph{after}. Since @var{post_init} is
5088always called after architecture creation, it both receives the fully
5089initialized architecture and is free to call modules that use
5090per-architecture data (care needs to be taken to ensure that those
5091other modules do not try to call back to this module as that will
5092create in cycles in the initialization call graph).
5093@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 5094
fc989b7a
AC
5095These functions return a @code{struct gdbarch_data} that is used to
5096identify the per-architecture data-pointer added for that module.
ba8c9337 5097
fc989b7a 5098The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function:
ba8c9337 5099
fc989b7a
AC
5100@deftypefun void *gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *@var{data_handle})
5101Given the architecture @var{arch} and module data handle
5102@var{data_handle} (returned by @code{gdbarch_data_register_pre_init}
5103or @code{gdbarch_data_register_post_init}), this function returns the
5104current value of the per-architecture data-pointer. If the data
5105pointer is @code{NULL}, it is first initialized by calling the
5106corresponding @var{pre_init} or @var{post_init} method.
ba8c9337
AC
5107@end deftypefun
5108
fc989b7a 5109The examples below assume the following definitions:
ba8c9337
AC
5110
5111@smallexample
e7f16015 5112struct nozel @{ int total; @};
ba8c9337 5113static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle;
ba8c9337
AC
5114@end smallexample
5115
fc989b7a
AC
5116A module can extend the architecture vector, adding additional
5117per-architecture data, using the @var{pre_init} method. The module's
5118per-architecture data is then initialized during architecture
5119creation.
ba8c9337 5120
fc989b7a
AC
5121In the below, the module's per-architecture @emph{nozel} is added. An
5122architecture can specify its nozel by calling @code{set_gdbarch_nozel}
5123from @code{gdbarch_init}.
ba8c9337
AC
5124
5125@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5126static void *
5127nozel_pre_init (struct obstack *obstack)
ba8c9337 5128@{
fc989b7a
AC
5129 struct nozel *data = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (obstack, struct nozel);
5130 return data;
5131@}
ba8c9337
AC
5132@end smallexample
5133
ba8c9337 5134@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5135extern void
5136set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int total)
ba8c9337 5137@{
ba8c9337 5138 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
fc989b7a 5139 data->total = nozel;
ba8c9337
AC
5140@}
5141@end smallexample
5142
fc989b7a
AC
5143A module can on-demand create architecture dependant data structures
5144using @code{post_init}.
ba8c9337 5145
fc989b7a
AC
5146In the below, the nozel's total is computed on-demand by
5147@code{nozel_post_init} using information obtained from the
5148architecture.
ba8c9337
AC
5149
5150@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5151static void *
5152nozel_post_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5153@{
fc989b7a
AC
5154 struct nozel *data = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (gdbarch, struct nozel);
5155 nozel->total = gdbarch@dots{} (gdbarch);
5156 return data;
ba8c9337
AC
5157@}
5158@end smallexample
5159
5160@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5161extern int
5162nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5163@{
fc989b7a
AC
5164 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
5165 return data->total;
ba8c9337
AC
5166@}
5167@end smallexample
5168
c906108c 5169@section Wrapping Output Lines
56caf160 5170@cindex line wrap in output
c906108c 5171
56caf160 5172@findex wrap_here
c906108c
SS
5173Output that goes through @code{printf_filtered} or @code{fputs_filtered}
5174or @code{fputs_demangled} needs only to have calls to @code{wrap_here}
5175added in places that would be good breaking points. The utility
5176routines will take care of actually wrapping if the line width is
5177exceeded.
5178
5179The argument to @code{wrap_here} is an indentation string which is
5180printed @emph{only} if the line breaks there. This argument is saved
5181away and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to
5182@code{wrap_here} or until a newline has been printed through the
5183@code{*_filtered} functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then
5184return!
5185
56caf160 5186It is usually best to call @code{wrap_here} after printing a comma or
c906108c
SS
5187space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your
5188indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if
5189the line wraps there.
5190
5191Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must
5192finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching
56caf160 5193to unfiltered (@code{printf}) output. Symbol reading routines that
c906108c
SS
5194print warnings are a good example.
5195
25822942 5196@section @value{GDBN} Coding Standards
56caf160 5197@cindex coding standards
c906108c 5198
25822942 5199@value{GDBN} follows the GNU coding standards, as described in
c906108c 5200@file{etc/standards.texi}. This file is also available for anonymous
af6c57ea
AC
5201FTP from GNU archive sites. @value{GDBN} takes a strict interpretation
5202of the standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice
5203but does not require it, @value{GDBN} requires it.
c906108c 5204
56caf160
EZ
5205@value{GDBN} follows an additional set of coding standards specific to
5206@value{GDBN}, as described in the following sections.
c906108c 5207
af6c57ea 5208
b9aa90c9 5209@subsection ISO C
af6c57ea 5210
b9aa90c9
AC
5211@value{GDBN} assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a.@: ISO C90) compliant
5212compiler.
af6c57ea 5213
b9aa90c9 5214@value{GDBN} does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library.
af6c57ea
AC
5215
5216
5217@subsection Memory Management
5218
5219@value{GDBN} does not use the functions @code{malloc}, @code{realloc},
5220@code{calloc}, @code{free} and @code{asprintf}.
5221
5222@value{GDBN} uses the functions @code{xmalloc}, @code{xrealloc} and
5223@code{xcalloc} when allocating memory. Unlike @code{malloc} et.al.@:
5224these functions do not return when the memory pool is empty. Instead,
5225they unwind the stack using cleanups. These functions return
5226@code{NULL} when requested to allocate a chunk of memory of size zero.
5227
5228@emph{Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every
5229memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable
5230behavior.}
5231
5232@value{GDBN} does not use the function @code{free}.
5233
5234@value{GDBN} uses the function @code{xfree} to return memory to the
5235memory pool. Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to
5236free a @code{NULL} pointer.
5237
5238@emph{Pragmatics: On some systems @code{free} fails when passed a
5239@code{NULL} pointer.}
5240
5241@value{GDBN} can use the non-portable function @code{alloca} for the
5242allocation of small temporary values (such as strings).
5243
5244@emph{Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems
5245restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes.}
5246
5247@value{GDBN} uses the string function @code{xstrdup} and the print
b435e160 5248function @code{xstrprintf}.
af6c57ea
AC
5249
5250@emph{Pragmatics: @code{asprintf} and @code{strdup} can fail. Print
5251functions such as @code{sprintf} are very prone to buffer overflow
5252errors.}
5253
5254
5255@subsection Compiler Warnings
56caf160 5256@cindex compiler warnings
af6c57ea 5257
aa79a185
DJ
5258With few exceptions, developers should avoid the configuration option
5259@samp{--disable-werror} when building @value{GDBN}. The exceptions
5260are listed in the file @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}. The default, when
5261building with @sc{gcc}, is @samp{--enable-werror}.
af6c57ea
AC
5262
5263This option causes @value{GDBN} (when built using GCC) to be compiled
5264with a carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings
aa79a185 5265from those flags are treated as errors.
af6c57ea
AC
5266
5267The current list of warning flags includes:
5268
5269@table @samp
aa79a185
DJ
5270@item -Wall
5271Recommended @sc{gcc} warnings.
af6c57ea 5272
aa79a185 5273@item -Wdeclaration-after-statement
af6c57ea 5274
aa79a185
DJ
5275@sc{gcc} 3.x (and later) and @sc{c99} allow declarations mixed with
5276code, but @sc{gcc} 2.x and @sc{c89} do not.
af6c57ea 5277
aa79a185 5278@item -Wpointer-arith
af6c57ea 5279
aa79a185
DJ
5280@item -Wformat-nonliteral
5281Non-literal format strings, with a few exceptions, are bugs - they
d3e8051b 5282might contain unintended user-supplied format specifiers.
af6c57ea 5283Since @value{GDBN} uses the @code{format printf} attribute on all
aa79a185 5284@code{printf} like functions this checks not just @code{printf} calls
af6c57ea
AC
5285but also calls to functions such as @code{fprintf_unfiltered}.
5286
7be93b9e
JB
5287@item -Wno-pointer-sign
5288In version 4.0, GCC began warning about pointer argument passing or
5289assignment even when the source and destination differed only in
5290signedness. However, most @value{GDBN} code doesn't distinguish
5291carefully between @code{char} and @code{unsigned char}. In early 2006
5292the @value{GDBN} developers decided correcting these warnings wasn't
5293worth the time it would take.
5294
aa79a185
DJ
5295@item -Wno-unused-parameter
5296Due to the way that @value{GDBN} is implemented many functions have
5297unused parameters. Consequently this warning is avoided. The macro
af6c57ea
AC
5298@code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} is not used as it leads to false negatives ---
5299it is not an error to have @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} on a parameter that
aa79a185
DJ
5300is being used.
5301
5302@item -Wno-unused
5303@itemx -Wno-switch
58b38ee2 5304@itemx -Wno-char-subscripts
aa79a185
DJ
5305These are warnings which might be useful for @value{GDBN}, but are
5306currently too noisy to enable with @samp{-Werror}.
af6c57ea 5307
aa79a185 5308@end table
c906108c
SS
5309
5310@subsection Formatting
5311
56caf160 5312@cindex source code formatting
c906108c
SS
5313The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed
5314strictly.
5315
af6c57ea
AC
5316A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A
5317function definition should have its name in column zero.
5318
474c8240 5319@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5320/* Declaration */
5321static void foo (void);
5322/* Definition */
5323void
5324foo (void)
5325@{
5326@}
474c8240 5327@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5328
5329@emph{Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can
5330be found using @samp{^function-name}.}
c906108c 5331
af6c57ea
AC
5332There must be a space between a function or macro name and the opening
5333parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, as
5334required by C). There must not be a space after an open paren/bracket
5335or before a close paren/bracket.
c906108c
SS
5336
5337While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not use
5338more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding whitespace
af6c57ea
AC
5339after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines had
5340whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes difficulties
5341for @code{diff} and @code{patch} utilities.
5342
5343Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style:
5344
474c8240 5345@smallexample
af6c57ea 5346void *foo;
474c8240 5347@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5348
5349@noindent
5350and not:
5351
474c8240 5352@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5353void * foo;
5354void* foo;
474c8240 5355@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5356
5357@subsection Comments
5358
56caf160 5359@cindex comment formatting
c906108c
SS
5360The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly.
5361
af6c57ea
AC
5362Block comments must appear in the following form, with no @code{/*}- or
5363@code{*/}-only lines, and no leading @code{*}:
c906108c 5364
474c8240 5365@smallexample
c906108c
SS
5366/* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior
5367 gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of
5368 returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When
5369 this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left
25822942 5370 stopped and @value{GDBN} should read more commands. */
474c8240 5371@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5372
5373(Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a multi-line
56caf160 5374comment works correctly, and @kbd{M-q} fills the block consistently.)
c906108c
SS
5375
5376Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or
5377variable definitions, and the definition itself.
5378
5379In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather
5380than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a
5381line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer
5382than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow.
5383
5384@subsection C Usage
5385
56caf160 5386@cindex C data types
c906108c
SS
5387Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the
5388host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order
5389of evaluation of expressions.
5390
56caf160 5391@cindex function usage
c906108c 5392Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound areas
56caf160
EZ
5393in @value{GDBN} that might be affected by the overhead of a function
5394call, mainly in symbol reading. Most of @value{GDBN}'s performance is
5395limited by the target interface (whether serial line or system call).
c906108c
SS
5396
5397However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line functions
5398are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line function.
5399
af6c57ea 5400@emph{Macros are bad, M'kay.}
9e678452
CF
5401(But if you have to use a macro, make sure that the macro arguments are
5402protected with parentheses.)
af6c57ea
AC
5403
5404@cindex types
c906108c 5405
af6c57ea
AC
5406Declarations like @samp{struct foo *} should be used in preference to
5407declarations like @samp{typedef struct foo @{ @dots{} @} *foo_ptr}.
5408
5409
5410@subsection Function Prototypes
56caf160 5411@cindex function prototypes
af6c57ea
AC
5412
5413Prototypes must be used when both @emph{declaring} and @emph{defining}
5414a function. Prototypes for @value{GDBN} functions must include both the
5415argument type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual
5416function definition.
c906108c 5417
53a5351d
JM
5418All external functions should have a declaration in a header file that
5419callers include, except for @code{_initialize_*} functions, which must
5420be external so that @file{init.c} construction works, but shouldn't be
5421visible to random source files.
c906108c 5422
af6c57ea
AC
5423Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function,
5424that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file.
5425
5426
5427@subsection Internal Error Recovery
5428
5429During its execution, @value{GDBN} can encounter two types of errors.
5430User errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user
5431entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt
5432object files and system errors when interacting with the target.
937f164b
FF
5433Internal errors include situations where @value{GDBN} has detected, at
5434run time, a corrupt or erroneous situation.
af6c57ea
AC
5435
5436When reporting an internal error, @value{GDBN} uses
5437@code{internal_error} and @code{gdb_assert}.
5438
5439@value{GDBN} must not call @code{abort} or @code{assert}.
5440
5441@emph{Pragmatics: There is no @code{internal_warning} function. Either
5442the code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a
5443@code{warning} or the code failed to correctly recover from the user
5444error and issued an @code{internal_error}.}
5445
5446@subsection File Names
5447
5448Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be in lower
5449case. Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be 8.3
5450unique. These requirements apply to both source and generated files.
5451
5452@emph{Pragmatics: The core of @value{GDBN} must be buildable on many
5453platforms including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file
5454is introduced to the build process both @file{Makefile.in} and
5455@file{configure.in} need to be modified accordingly. Compare the
5456convoluted conversion process needed to transform @file{COPYING} into
5457@file{copying.c} with the conversion needed to transform
5458@file{version.in} into @file{version.c}.}
5459
5460Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the core
5461of @value{GDBN}) must be added to @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
5462
5463@emph{Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise.}
5464
5465When @value{GDBN} has a local version of a system header file (ex
5466@file{string.h}) the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with
b4177fca
DJ
5467@file{gdb_} (@file{gdb_string.h}). These headers should be relatively
5468independent: they should use only macros defined by @file{configure},
5469the compiler, or the host; they should include only system headers; they
5470should refer only to system types. They may be shared between multiple
5471programs, e.g.@: @value{GDBN} and @sc{gdbserver}.
af6c57ea
AC
5472
5473For other files @samp{-} is used as the separator.
5474
5475
5476@subsection Include Files
5477
e2b28d04 5478A @file{.c} file should include @file{defs.h} first.
af6c57ea 5479
e2b28d04
AC
5480A @file{.c} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5481declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5482indirect inclusion.
af6c57ea 5483
e2b28d04
AC
5484A @file{.h} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5485declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5486indirect inclusion. Exception: The file @file{defs.h} does not need to
5487be directly included.
af6c57ea 5488
e2b28d04 5489An external declaration should only appear in one include file.
af6c57ea 5490
e2b28d04
AC
5491An external declaration should never appear in a @code{.c} file.
5492Exception: a declaration for the @code{_initialize} function that
5493pacifies @option{-Wmissing-declaration}.
5494
5495A @code{typedef} definition should only appear in one include file.
5496
5497An opaque @code{struct} declaration can appear in multiple @file{.h}
5498files. Where possible, a @file{.h} file should use an opaque
5499@code{struct} declaration instead of an include.
5500
5501All @file{.h} files should be wrapped in:
af6c57ea 5502
474c8240 5503@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5504#ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5505#define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5506header body
5507#endif
474c8240 5508@end smallexample
af6c57ea 5509
c906108c 5510
dab11f21 5511@subsection Clean Design and Portable Implementation
c906108c 5512
56caf160 5513@cindex design
c906108c 5514In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of
25822942 5515semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in @value{GDBN} because long
c906108c
SS
5516experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of
5517trouble.
5518
56caf160 5519@cindex assumptions about targets
c906108c
SS
5520You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target
5521(including @var{value}s, object files, and instructions). Such things
56caf160
EZ
5522must be byte-swapped using @code{SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST} in
5523@value{GDBN}, or one of the swap routines defined in @file{bfd.h},
5524such as @code{bfd_get_32}.
c906108c
SS
5525
5526You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk to
5527the target system. All references to the target must go through the
5528current @code{target_ops} vector.
5529
5530You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same machine
5531(except in the ``native'' support modules). In particular, you can't
5532assume that the target machine's header files will be available on the
5533host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files --
5534written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid
5535copyright problems.
5536
56caf160 5537@cindex portability
c906108c
SS
5538Insertion of new @code{#ifdef}'s will be frowned upon. It's much better
5539to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various
5540systems.
5541
56caf160 5542@cindex system dependencies
c906108c
SS
5543New @code{#ifdef}'s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers
5544or operating systems are unacceptable. All @code{#ifdef}'s should test
5545for features. The information about which configurations contain which
5546features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience
5547has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system
5548often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some
5549predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over
5550time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently
5551with regard to this feature.
5552
5553Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems,
af6c57ea 5554target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code.
c906108c 5555
dab11f21
EZ
5556@cindex portable file name handling
5557@cindex file names, portability
5558One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to
5559creep in is handling of file names. The mainline @value{GDBN} code
5560assumes Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with
5561a forward slash @file{/}, slashes are used to separate leading
5562directories, case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not
5563necessarily true on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid
5564system-dependent code where you need to take apart or construct a file
5565name, use the following portable macros:
5566
5567@table @code
5568@findex HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5569@item HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5570This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts
5571whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this
5572symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for
5573such hosts.
5574
5575@findex IS_DIR_SEPARATOR
4be31470 5576@item IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (@var{c})
dab11f21
EZ
5577Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{c} is a directory separator
5578character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash @file{/} is
5579such a character, but on Windows, both @file{/} and @file{\} will
5580pass.
5581
5582@findex IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH
5583@item IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (@var{file})
5584Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{file} is an absolute file name.
5585For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash
5586@file{/} is absolute. On DOS and Windows, @file{d:/foo} and
5587@file{x:\bar} are also absolute file names.
5588
5589@findex FILENAME_CMP
5590@item FILENAME_CMP (@var{f1}, @var{f2})
5591Calls a function which compares file names @var{f1} and @var{f2} as
5592appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems,
5593this simply calls @code{strcmp}; on case-insensitive filesystems it
5594will call @code{strcasecmp} instead.
5595
5596@findex DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5597@item DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5598Evaluates to a character which separates directories in
5599@code{PATH}-style lists, typically held in environment variables.
5600This character is @samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on DOS and Windows.
5601
5602@findex SLASH_STRING
5603@item SLASH_STRING
5604This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an
5605absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename.
5606@code{SLASH_STRING} is @code{"/"} on most systems, but might be
5607@code{"\\"} for some Windows-based ports.
5608@end table
5609
5610In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library
5611functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a
5612basename part from a file name, use the @code{dirname} and
5613@code{basename} library functions (available in @code{libiberty} for
5614platforms which don't provide them), instead of searching for a slash
5615with @code{strrchr}.
5616
25822942
DB
5617Another way to generalize @value{GDBN} along a particular interface is with an
5618attribute struct. For example, @value{GDBN} has been generalized to handle
56caf160
EZ
5619multiple kinds of remote interfaces---not by @code{#ifdef}s everywhere, but
5620by defining the @code{target_ops} structure and having a current target (as
c906108c
SS
5621well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever
5622something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are
56caf160
EZ
5623using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g.,
5624@code{target_has_stack}), or a function is called through a pointer in the
c906108c 5625current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface
56caf160 5626is added, only one module needs to be touched---the one that actually
c906108c
SS
5627implements the new remote interface. Other examples of
5628attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file
25822942 5629formats, or @value{GDBN}'s access to multiple source languages.
c906108c 5630
56caf160
EZ
5631Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in @value{GDBN} 3.x all
5632the code interfacing between @code{ptrace} and the rest of
5633@value{GDBN} was duplicated in @file{*-dep.c}, and so changing
5634something was very painful. In @value{GDBN} 4.x, these have all been
5635consolidated into @file{infptrace.c}. @file{infptrace.c} can deal
5636with variations between systems the same way any system-independent
5637file would (hooks, @code{#if defined}, etc.), and machines which are
5638radically different don't need to use @file{infptrace.c} at all.
c906108c 5639
af6c57ea
AC
5640All debugging code must be controllable using the @samp{set debug
5641@var{module}} command. Do not use @code{printf} to print trace
5642messages. Use @code{fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...}. Do not use
5643@code{#ifdef DEBUG}.
5644
c906108c 5645
8487521e 5646@node Porting GDB
c906108c 5647
25822942 5648@chapter Porting @value{GDBN}
56caf160 5649@cindex porting to new machines
c906108c 5650
56caf160
EZ
5651Most of the work in making @value{GDBN} compile on a new machine is in
5652specifying the configuration of the machine. This is done in a
5653dizzying variety of header files and configuration scripts, which we
5654hope to make more sensible soon. Let's say your new host is called an
5655@var{xyz} (e.g., @samp{sun4}), and its full three-part configuration
5656name is @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}} (e.g.,
5657@samp{sparc-sun-sunos4}). In particular:
c906108c 5658
56caf160
EZ
5659@itemize @bullet
5660@item
c906108c
SS
5661In the top level directory, edit @file{config.sub} and add @var{arch},
5662@var{xvend}, and @var{xos} to the lists of supported architectures,
5663vendors, and operating systems near the bottom of the file. Also, add
5664@var{xyz} as an alias that maps to
5665@code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}. You can test your changes by
5666running
5667
474c8240 5668@smallexample
c906108c 5669./config.sub @var{xyz}
474c8240 5670@end smallexample
56caf160 5671
c906108c
SS
5672@noindent
5673and
56caf160 5674
474c8240 5675@smallexample
c906108c 5676./config.sub @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
474c8240 5677@end smallexample
56caf160 5678
c906108c
SS
5679@noindent
5680which should both respond with @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
5681and no error messages.
5682
56caf160 5683@noindent
c906108c
SS
5684You need to port BFD, if that hasn't been done already. Porting BFD is
5685beyond the scope of this manual.
5686
56caf160 5687@item
25822942 5688To configure @value{GDBN} itself, edit @file{gdb/configure.host} to recognize
c906108c
SS
5689your system and set @code{gdb_host} to @var{xyz}, and (unless your
5690desired target is already available) also edit @file{gdb/configure.tgt},
5691setting @code{gdb_target} to something appropriate (for instance,
5692@var{xyz}).
5693
7fd60527
AC
5694@emph{Maintainer's note: Work in progress. The file
5695@file{gdb/configure.host} originally needed to be modified when either a
5696new native target or a new host machine was being added to @value{GDBN}.
5697Recent changes have removed this requirement. The file now only needs
5698to be modified when adding a new native configuration. This will likely
5699changed again in the future.}
5700
56caf160 5701@item
25822942 5702Finally, you'll need to specify and define @value{GDBN}'s host-, native-, and
c906108c
SS
5703target-dependent @file{.h} and @file{.c} files used for your
5704configuration.
56caf160 5705@end itemize
c906108c 5706
d52fe014
AC
5707@node Versions and Branches
5708@chapter Versions and Branches
8973da3a 5709
d52fe014 5710@section Versions
8973da3a 5711
d52fe014
AC
5712@value{GDBN}'s version is determined by the file
5713@file{gdb/version.in} and takes one of the following forms:
fb0ff88f 5714
d52fe014
AC
5715@table @asis
5716@item @var{major}.@var{minor}
5717@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
5718an official release (e.g., 6.2 or 6.2.1)
5719@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5720a snapshot taken at @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD}-gmt (e.g.,
57216.1.50.20020302, 6.1.90.20020304, or 6.1.0.20020308)
5722@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-cvs
5723a @sc{cvs} check out drawn on @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD} (e.g.,
57246.1.50.20020302-cvs, 6.1.90.20020304-cvs, or 6.1.0.20020308-cvs)
5725@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} (@var{vendor})
d52fe014 5726a vendor specific release of @value{GDBN}, that while based on@*
53531fc1
AC
5727@var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD},
5728may include additional changes
d52fe014 5729@end table
fb0ff88f 5730
d52fe014
AC
5731@value{GDBN}'s mainline uses the @var{major} and @var{minor} version
5732numbers from the most recent release branch, with a @var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
5733of 50. At the time each new release branch is created, the mainline's
5734@var{major} and @var{minor} version numbers are updated.
fb0ff88f 5735
53531fc1
AC
5736@value{GDBN}'s release branch is similar. When the branch is cut, the
5737@var{patchlevel} is changed from 50 to 90. As draft releases are
5738drawn from the branch, the @var{patchlevel} is incremented. Once the
5739first release (@var{major}.@var{minor}) has been made, the
5740@var{patchlevel} is set to 0 and updates have an incremented
5741@var{patchlevel}.
5742
5743For snapshots, and @sc{cvs} check outs, it is also possible to
5744identify the @sc{cvs} origin:
5745
5746@table @asis
5747@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.50.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5748drawn from the @sc{head} of mainline @sc{cvs} (e.g., 6.1.50.20020302)
5749@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.90.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5750@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.91.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
5751drawn from a release branch prior to the release (e.g.,
57526.1.90.20020304)
5753@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.0.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5754@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.1.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
5755drawn from a release branch after the release (e.g., 6.2.0.20020308)
5756@end table
fb0ff88f 5757
d52fe014
AC
5758If the previous @value{GDBN} version is 6.1 and the current version is
57596.2, then, substituting 6 for @var{major} and 1 or 2 for @var{minor},
5760here's an illustration of a typical sequence:
fb0ff88f 5761
d52fe014
AC
5762@smallexample
5763 <HEAD>
5764 |
53531fc1 57656.1.50.20020302-cvs
d52fe014 5766 |
53531fc1 5767 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 5768 | <gdb_6_2-branch>
d52fe014 5769 | |
53531fc1
AC
57706.2.50.20020303-cvs 6.1.90 (draft #1)
5771 | |
57726.2.50.20020304-cvs 6.1.90.20020304-cvs
5773 | |
57746.2.50.20020305-cvs 6.1.91 (draft #2)
d52fe014 5775 | |
53531fc1
AC
57766.2.50.20020306-cvs 6.1.91.20020306-cvs
5777 | |
57786.2.50.20020307-cvs 6.2 (release)
5779 | |
57806.2.50.20020308-cvs 6.2.0.20020308-cvs
5781 | |
57826.2.50.20020309-cvs 6.2.1 (update)
5783 | |
57846.2.50.20020310-cvs <branch closed>
d52fe014 5785 |
53531fc1 57866.2.50.20020311-cvs
d52fe014 5787 |
53531fc1 5788 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 5789 | <gdb_6_3-branch>
53531fc1
AC
5790 | |
57916.3.50.20020312-cvs 6.2.90 (draft #1)
5792 | |
d52fe014 5793@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 5794
d52fe014
AC
5795@section Release Branches
5796@cindex Release Branches
fb0ff88f 5797
d52fe014
AC
5798@value{GDBN} draws a release series (6.2, 6.2.1, @dots{}) from a
5799single release branch, and identifies that branch using the @sc{cvs}
5800branch tags:
fb0ff88f 5801
d52fe014
AC
5802@smallexample
5803gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-branchpoint
5804gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-branch
5805gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-release
5806@end smallexample
5807
5808@emph{Pragmatics: To help identify the date at which a branch or
5809release is made, both the branchpoint and release tags include the
5810date that they are cut (@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}) in the tag. The
5811branch tag, denoting the head of the branch, does not need this.}
5812
5813@section Vendor Branches
5814@cindex vendor branches
fb0ff88f
AC
5815
5816To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file
5817@file{gdb/version.in} to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier
5818(an official @value{GDBN} release never uses alphabetic characters in
d3e8051b 5819its version identifier). E.g., @samp{6.2widgit2}, or @samp{6.2 (Widgit
d52fe014
AC
5820Inc Patch 2)}.
5821
5822@section Experimental Branches
5823@cindex experimental branches
5824
5825@subsection Guidelines
5826
5827@value{GDBN} permits the creation of branches, cut from the @sc{cvs}
5828repository, for experimental development. Branches make it possible
5829for developers to share preliminary work, and maintainers to examine
5830significant new developments.
fb0ff88f 5831
d52fe014 5832The following are a set of guidelines for creating such branches:
fb0ff88f 5833
d52fe014
AC
5834@table @emph
5835
5836@item a branch has an owner
5837The owner can set further policy for a branch, but may not change the
5838ground rules. In particular, they can set a policy for commits (be it
5839adding more reviewers or deciding who can commit).
5840
5841@item all commits are posted
5842All changes committed to a branch shall also be posted to
5843@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} patches
5844mailing list}. While commentary on such changes are encouraged, people
5845should remember that the changes only apply to a branch.
5846
5847@item all commits are covered by an assignment
5848This ensures that all changes belong to the Free Software Foundation,
5849and avoids the possibility that the branch may become contaminated.
5850
5851@item a branch is focused
5852A focused branch has a single objective or goal, and does not contain
5853unnecessary or irrelevant changes. Cleanups, where identified, being
5854be pushed into the mainline as soon as possible.
5855
5856@item a branch tracks mainline
5857This keeps the level of divergence under control. It also keeps the
5858pressure on developers to push cleanups and other stuff into the
5859mainline.
5860
5861@item a branch shall contain the entire @value{GDBN} module
5862The @value{GDBN} module @code{gdb} should be specified when creating a
5863branch (branches of individual files should be avoided). @xref{Tags}.
5864
5865@item a branch shall be branded using @file{version.in}
5866The file @file{gdb/version.in} shall be modified so that it identifies
5867the branch @var{owner} and branch @var{name}, e.g.,
53531fc1 5868@samp{6.2.50.20030303_owner_name} or @samp{6.2 (Owner Name)}.
d52fe014
AC
5869
5870@end table
fb0ff88f 5871
d52fe014
AC
5872@subsection Tags
5873@anchor{Tags}
fb0ff88f 5874
d52fe014
AC
5875To simplify the identification of @value{GDBN} branches, the following
5876branch tagging convention is strongly recommended:
fb0ff88f 5877
d52fe014 5878@table @code
fb0ff88f 5879
d52fe014
AC
5880@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
5881@itemx @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch
5882The branch point and corresponding branch tag. @var{YYYYMMDD} is the
5883date that the branch was created. A branch is created using the
5884sequence: @anchor{experimental branch tags}
474c8240 5885@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5886cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint gdb
5887cvs rtag -b -r @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint \
5888 @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch gdb
474c8240 5889@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 5890
d52fe014
AC
5891@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
5892The tagged point, on the mainline, that was used when merging the branch
5893on @var{yyyymmdd}. To merge in all changes since the branch was cut,
5894use a command sequence like:
474c8240 5895@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5896cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint gdb
5897cvs update \
5898 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
5899 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
474c8240 5900@end smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5901@noindent
5902Similar sequences can be used to just merge in changes since the last
5903merge.
5904
5905@end table
fb0ff88f 5906
d52fe014
AC
5907@noindent
5908For further information on @sc{cvs}, see
5909@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/cvs/, Concurrent Versions System}.
5910
55f6ca0f
JB
5911@node Start of New Year Procedure
5912@chapter Start of New Year Procedure
5913@cindex new year procedure
5914
5915At the start of each new year, the following actions should be performed:
5916
5917@itemize @bullet
5918@item
5919Rotate the ChangeLog file
5920
5921The current @file{ChangeLog} file should be renamed into
5922@file{ChangeLog-YYYY} where YYYY is the year that has just passed.
5923A new @file{ChangeLog} file should be created, and its contents should
5924contain a reference to the previous ChangeLog. The following should
5925also be preserved at the end of the new ChangeLog, in order to provide
5926the appropriate settings when editing this file with Emacs:
5927@smallexample
5928Local Variables:
5929mode: change-log
5930left-margin: 8
5931fill-column: 74
5932version-control: never
9cb011d3 5933coding: utf-8
55f6ca0f
JB
5934End:
5935@end smallexample
5936
7f893741
JB
5937@item
5938Add an entry for the newly created ChangeLog file (@file{ChangeLog-YYYY})
5939in @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
5940
55f6ca0f
JB
5941@item
5942Update the copyright year in the startup message
5943
9cb011d3
JB
5944Update the copyright year in:
5945@itemize @bullet
5946@item file @file{top.c}, function @code{print_gdb_version}
5947@item file @file{gdbserver/server.c}, function @code{gdbserver_version}
5948@item file @file{gdbserver/gdbreplay.c}, function @code{gdbreplay_version}
5949@end itemize
6ec2edbe
JB
5950
5951@item
5952Add the new year in the copyright notices of all source and documentation
5953files. This can be done semi-automatically by running the @code{copyright.sh}
5954script. This script requires Emacs 22 or later to be installed.
5955
55f6ca0f
JB
5956@end itemize
5957
d52fe014 5958@node Releasing GDB
fb0ff88f 5959
d52fe014
AC
5960@chapter Releasing @value{GDBN}
5961@cindex making a new release of gdb
fb0ff88f 5962
9bb0a4d8
AC
5963@section Branch Commit Policy
5964
5965The branch commit policy is pretty slack. @value{GDBN} releases 5.0,
59665.1 and 5.2 all used the below:
5967
5968@itemize @bullet
5969@item
5970The @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS} file still holds.
5971@item
5972Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in the
5973trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the @file{gdb/PROBLEMS}
4be31470 5974file is better than committing a hack.
9bb0a4d8
AC
5975@item
5976When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria include:
5977Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence @kbd{break main; run}
5978when debugging a static binary?
5979@item
5980The further a change is from the core of @value{GDBN}, the less likely
5981the change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code).
5982@item
5983Only post a proposal to change the core of @value{GDBN} after you've
5984sent individual bribes to all the people listed in the
5985@file{MAINTAINERS} file @t{;-)}
5986@end itemize
5987
5988@emph{Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core
5989functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal.
5990This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within
5991reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable.}
5992
5993
cbb09e6a 5994@section Obsoleting code
8973da3a 5995
8642bc8f 5996Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source
4be31470
EZ
5997code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from @value{GDBN}
5998(an old target, an unused file).
8973da3a 5999
8642bc8f 6000Obsolete code is identified by adding an @code{OBSOLETE} prefix to every
cbb09e6a
AC
6001line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has
6002been obsoleted when greping through the sources.
8973da3a 6003
cbb09e6a
AC
6004The process is done in stages --- this is mainly to ensure that the
6005wider @value{GDBN} community has a reasonable opportunity to respond.
6006Remember, everything on the Internet takes a week.
8973da3a 6007
cbb09e6a 6008@enumerate
8973da3a 6009@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6010Post the proposal on @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB mailing
6011list} Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly
6012recommended.
8973da3a 6013@item
cbb09e6a 6014Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6015@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6016Post the proposal on @email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB
6017Announcement mailing list}.
8973da3a 6018@item
cbb09e6a 6019Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6020@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6021Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are
6022prefixed with the word @code{OBSOLETE}.
6023@item
6024Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, has been
6025released.
6026@item
6027Remove the obsolete code.
6028@end enumerate
6029
6030@noindent
6031@emph{Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is
6032hopefully better for @value{GDBN}'s long term development. Firstly it
6033helps the developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant
6034or simply wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with
6035the file (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer
6036hand when it comes to fixing broken files.}
8973da3a 6037
8973da3a 6038
9ae8b82c
AC
6039
6040@section Before the Branch
8973da3a 6041
8642bc8f
AC
6042The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple
6043changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For
6044instance, configuration problems that stop @value{GDBN} from even
6045building. If you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the
6046@file{gdb/PROBLEMS} file.
8973da3a 6047
9ae8b82c 6048@subheading Prompt for @file{gdb/NEWS}
8973da3a 6049
9ae8b82c
AC
6050People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know
6051something interesting happened add it yourself. The @code{schedule}
6052script will mention this in its e-mail.
8973da3a 6053
9ae8b82c 6054@subheading Review @file{gdb/README}
8973da3a 6055
9ae8b82c
AC
6056Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the
6057@file{gdb/README} looking for anything that can be improved. The
6058@code{schedule} script will mention this in its e-mail.
8642bc8f
AC
6059
6060@subheading Refresh any imported files.
8973da3a 6061
8642bc8f 6062A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include:
8973da3a 6063
8642bc8f
AC
6064@itemize @bullet
6065@item
6066@file{texinfo/texinfo.tex}
6067@item
9ae8b82c
AC
6068@file{config.guess} et.@: al.@: (see the top-level @file{MAINTAINERS}
6069file)
6070@item
6071@file{etc/standards.texi}, @file{etc/make-stds.texi}
8642bc8f
AC
6072@end itemize
6073
9ae8b82c 6074@subheading Check the ARI
8642bc8f 6075
9ae8b82c
AC
6076@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/ari,,A.R.I.} is an @code{awk} script
6077(Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a number of errors and coding
6078conventions. The checks include things like using @code{malloc} instead
6079of @code{xmalloc} and file naming problems. There shouldn't be any
6080regressions.
8642bc8f 6081
9ae8b82c 6082@subsection Review the bug data base
8642bc8f 6083
9ae8b82c 6084Close anything obviously fixed.
8642bc8f 6085
9ae8b82c 6086@subsection Check all cross targets build
8642bc8f 6087
9ae8b82c 6088The targets are listed in @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
8642bc8f 6089
8642bc8f 6090
30107679 6091@section Cut the Branch
8642bc8f 6092
30107679 6093@subheading Create the branch
8642bc8f 6094
474c8240 6095@smallexample
30107679
AC
6096$ u=5.1
6097$ v=5.2
6098$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6099$ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6100$ echo $u $V $D
61015.1 5_2 2002-03-03
6102$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6103-D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight
30107679 6104cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag
b247355e 6105-D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight
30107679
AC
6106$ ^echo ^^
6107...
6108$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6109-b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight
30107679 6110cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6111-b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight
30107679
AC
6112$ ^echo ^^
6113...
8642bc8f 6114$
474c8240 6115@end smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6116
6117@itemize @bullet
6118@item
b247355e 6119By using @kbd{-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt}, the branch is forced to an exact
30107679
AC
6120date/time.
6121@item
b247355e 6122The trunk is first tagged so that the branch point can easily be found.
30107679 6123@item
b247355e 6124Insight, which includes @value{GDBN}, is tagged at the same time.
8642bc8f 6125@item
b247355e 6126@file{version.in} gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts.
8642bc8f 6127@item
b247355e 6128The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled using @file{-f}.
30107679
AC
6129@end itemize
6130
6131@subheading Update @file{version.in}
6132
6133@smallexample
6134$ u=5.1
6135$ v=5.2
6136$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6137$ echo $u $v$V
61385.1 5_2
6139$ cd /tmp
6140$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co \
6141-r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in
6142cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co
6143 -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in
6144$ ^echo ^^
6145U src/gdb/version.in
6146$ cd src/gdb
6147$ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in
6148$ cat version.in
61495.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs
6150$ cvs -f commit version.in
6151@end smallexample
6152
6153@itemize @bullet
6154@item
6155@file{0000-00-00} is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update
b247355e 6156mechanism.
30107679
AC
6157@item
6158@file{.90} and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary
b247355e 6159initial branch version number.
8642bc8f
AC
6160@end itemize
6161
8642bc8f
AC
6162
6163@subheading Update the web and news pages
6164
30107679
AC
6165Something?
6166
8642bc8f
AC
6167@subheading Tweak cron to track the new branch
6168
30107679
AC
6169The file @file{gdbadmin/cron/crontab} contains gdbadmin's cron table.
6170This file needs to be updated so that:
6171
6172@itemize @bullet
6173@item
b247355e 6174A daily timestamp is added to the file @file{version.in}.
30107679 6175@item
b247355e 6176The new branch is included in the snapshot process.
30107679
AC
6177@end itemize
6178
6179@noindent
6180See the file @file{gdbadmin/cron/README} for how to install the updated
6181cron table.
6182
6183The file @file{gdbadmin/ss/README} should also be reviewed to reflect
6184any changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/
6185snapshot directories.
6186
6187
6188@subheading Update the NEWS and README files
6189
6190The @file{NEWS} file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers
6191to @emph{changes in the current release} while on the trunk it also
6192refers to @emph{changes since the current release}.
6193
6194The @file{README} file needs to be updated so that it refers to the
6195current release.
6196
6197@subheading Post the branch info
6198
6199Send an announcement to the mailing lists:
6200
6201@itemize @bullet
6202@item
6203@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6204@item
d3e8051b
EZ
6205@email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discussion mailing list} and
6206@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Testers mailing list}
16737d73 6207@end itemize
30107679
AC
6208
6209@emph{Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to
6210ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion
6211list are alerted.}
6212
6213The announcement should include:
6214
6215@itemize @bullet
6216@item
b247355e 6217The branch tag.
30107679 6218@item
b247355e 6219How to check out the branch using CVS.
30107679 6220@item
b247355e 6221The date/number of weeks until the release.
30107679 6222@item
b247355e 6223The branch commit policy still holds.
16737d73 6224@end itemize
30107679 6225
8642bc8f
AC
6226@section Stabilize the branch
6227
6228Something goes here.
6229
6230@section Create a Release
6231
0816590b
AC
6232The process of creating and then making available a release is broken
6233down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical
6234process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the
6235process of releasing that tar ball.
8973da3a 6236
0816590b
AC
6237When making a release candidate just the first section is needed.
6238
6239@subsection Create a release candidate
6240
6241The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be
6242made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release
6243candidate).
6244
6245@subsubheading Freeze the branch
6246
6247Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to
6248@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com}.
6249
6250@subsubheading Establish a few defaults.
8973da3a 6251
474c8240 6252@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6253$ b=gdb_5_2-branch
6254$ v=5.2
8642bc8f
AC
6255$ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp
6256$ echo $t/$b/$v
0816590b 6257/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8642bc8f
AC
6258$ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v
6259$ cd $t/$b/$v
6260$ pwd
0816590b 6261/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8973da3a
AC
6262$ which autoconf
6263/home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf
8642bc8f 6264$
474c8240 6265@end smallexample
8973da3a 6266
0816590b
AC
6267@noindent
6268Notes:
8973da3a 6269
0816590b
AC
6270@itemize @bullet
6271@item
6272Check the @code{autoconf} version carefully. You want to be using the
4a2b4636
JB
6273version taken from the @file{binutils} snapshot directory, which can be
6274found at @uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/binutils/}. It is very
0816590b
AC
6275unlikely that a system installed version of @code{autoconf} (e.g.,
6276@file{/usr/bin/autoconf}) is correct.
6277@end itemize
6278
6279@subsubheading Check out the relevant modules:
8973da3a 6280
474c8240 6281@smallexample
b247355e 6282$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6283do
8973da3a
AC
6284( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m )
6285done
8642bc8f 6286$
474c8240 6287@end smallexample
8973da3a 6288
0816590b
AC
6289@noindent
6290Note:
8642bc8f 6291
0816590b
AC
6292@itemize @bullet
6293@item
6294The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled (@file{-f}) so that there isn't
6295any confusion between what is written here and what your local
6296@code{cvs} really does.
6297@end itemize
6298
6299@subsubheading Update relevant files.
8973da3a 6300
0816590b
AC
6301@table @file
6302
6303@item gdb/NEWS
8642bc8f
AC
6304
6305Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. Minor
6306releases should probably mention any significant bugs that were fixed.
6307
0816590b 6308Don't forget to include the @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8973da3a 6309
474c8240 6310@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6311$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS
6312...
6313c-x 4 a
6314...
6315c-x c-s c-x c-c
6316$ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS
6317$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6318@end smallexample
8973da3a 6319
0816590b
AC
6320@item gdb/README
6321
6322You'll need to update:
8973da3a 6323
0816590b
AC
6324@itemize @bullet
6325@item
b247355e 6326The version.
0816590b 6327@item
b247355e 6328The update date.
0816590b 6329@item
b247355e 6330Who did it.
0816590b 6331@end itemize
8973da3a 6332
474c8240 6333@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6334$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README
6335...
8973da3a 6336c-x 4 a
8642bc8f 6337...
8973da3a 6338c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6339$ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README
6340$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6341@end smallexample
8973da3a 6342
0816590b
AC
6343@emph{Maintainer note: Hopefully the @file{README} file was reviewed
6344before the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed
6345to get it updated.}
8973da3a 6346
8642bc8f
AC
6347@emph{Maintainer note: Other projects generate @file{README} and
6348@file{INSTALL} from the core documentation. This might be worth
6349pursuing.}
8973da3a 6350
0816590b 6351@item gdb/version.in
8973da3a 6352
474c8240 6353@smallexample
8642bc8f 6354$ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in
0816590b
AC
6355$ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in
63565.2
8642bc8f 6357$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in
8973da3a
AC
6358...
6359c-x 4 a
0816590b 6360... Bump to version ...
8973da3a 6361c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6362$ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in
6363$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6364@end smallexample
8973da3a 6365
0816590b
AC
6366@end table
6367
6368@subsubheading Do the dirty work
6369
6370This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot.
8973da3a 6371
4ce8657e
MC
6372@smallexample
6373$ for m in gdb insight
6374do
6375( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar )
6376done
4ce8657e
MC
6377@end smallexample
6378
6379If the top level source directory does not have @file{src-release}
6380(@value{GDBN} version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead:
6381
474c8240 6382@smallexample
0816590b 6383$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6384do
0816590b 6385( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar )
8973da3a 6386done
474c8240 6387@end smallexample
8973da3a 6388
0816590b 6389@subsubheading Check the source files
8642bc8f 6390
0816590b 6391You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared.
8642bc8f
AC
6392@kbd{distclean} has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out
6393for the @file{version.in} update @kbd{cronjob}.
8973da3a 6394
474c8240 6395@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6396$ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update )
6397M djunpack.bat
0816590b 6398? gdb-5.1.91.tar
8642bc8f 6399? proto-toplev
0816590b 6400@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f
AC
6401M gdb/ChangeLog
6402M gdb/NEWS
6403M gdb/README
6404M gdb/version.in
0816590b 6405@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f 6406$
474c8240 6407@end smallexample
8973da3a 6408
0816590b 6409@noindent
8642bc8f
AC
6410@emph{Don't worry about the @file{gdb.info-??} or
6411@file{gdb/p-exp.tab.c}. They were generated (and yes @file{gdb.info-1}
6412was also generated only something strange with CVS means that they
d3e8051b 6413didn't get suppressed). Fixing it would be nice though.}
8973da3a 6414
0816590b 6415@subsubheading Create compressed versions of the release
8973da3a 6416
474c8240 6417@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6418$ cp */src/*.tar .
6419$ cp */src/*.bz2 .
6420$ ls -F
b247355e 6421gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar
0816590b
AC
6422$ for m in gdb insight
6423do
6424bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2
6425gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz
6426done
6427$
474c8240 6428@end smallexample
8973da3a 6429
0816590b
AC
6430@noindent
6431Note:
6432
6433@itemize @bullet
6434@item
6435A pipe such as @kbd{bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz} is not since,
6436in that mode, @code{gzip} does not know the name of the file and, hence,
6437can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the release
6438process runs @code{tar} and @code{bzip2} as separate passes.
6439@end itemize
6440
6441@subsection Sanity check the tar ball
8973da3a 6442
0816590b 6443Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that.
8973da3a 6444
0816590b
AC
6445@smallexample
6446$ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf -
6447$ cd gdb-5.2
6448$ ./configure
6449$ make
6450@dots{}
6451$ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb
6452GNU gdb 5.2
6453@dots{}
6454(gdb) b main
6455Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734.
6456(gdb) run
6457Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb
6458
6459Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734
6460734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL);
6461(gdb) print args
6462$1 = @{argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0@}
6463(gdb)
6464@end smallexample
8973da3a 6465
0816590b 6466@subsection Make a release candidate available
8973da3a 6467
0816590b 6468If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are:
8642bc8f 6469
0816590b
AC
6470@enumerate
6471@item
6472Commit @file{version.in} and @file{ChangeLog}
6473@item
6474Tweak @file{version.in} (and @file{ChangeLog} to read
6475@var{L}.@var{M}.@var{N}-0000-00-00-cvs so that the version update
6476process can restart.
6477@item
6478Make the release candidate available in
6479@uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch}
6480@item
6481Notify the relevant mailing lists ( @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com} and
6482@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com} that the candidate is available.
6483@end enumerate
8642bc8f 6484
0816590b 6485@subsection Make a formal release available
8642bc8f 6486
0816590b 6487(And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.)
8642bc8f 6488
0816590b 6489@subsubheading Install on sware
8642bc8f 6490
0816590b 6491Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory:
8642bc8f 6492
474c8240 6493@smallexample
0816590b 6494$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/
8642bc8f 6495$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
474c8240 6496@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6497
0816590b
AC
6498@noindent
6499Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases
6500are available (e.g. keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1):
6501
6502@smallexample
6503$ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
6504$ rm @dots{}
6505@end smallexample
6506
6507@noindent
6508Update the file @file{README} and @file{.message} in the releases
6509directory:
6510
6511@smallexample
6512$ vi README
6513@dots{}
6514$ rm -f .message
6515$ ln README .message
6516@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6517
0816590b 6518@subsubheading Update the web pages.
8973da3a 6519
0816590b
AC
6520@table @file
6521
6522@item htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT
6523This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes:
8973da3a
AC
6524@itemize @bullet
6525@item
b247355e 6526General announcement.
8642bc8f 6527@item
0816590b
AC
6528News. If making an @var{M}.@var{N}.1 release, retain the news from
6529earlier @var{M}.@var{N} release.
8973da3a 6530@item
b247355e 6531Errata.
0816590b
AC
6532@end itemize
6533
6534@item htdocs/index.html
6535@itemx htdocs/news/index.html
6536@itemx htdocs/download/index.html
6537These files include:
6538@itemize @bullet
8642bc8f 6539@item
b247355e 6540Announcement of the most recent release.
8642bc8f 6541@item
b247355e 6542News entry (remember to update both the top level and the news directory).
8973da3a 6543@end itemize
0816590b 6544These pages also need to be regenerate using @code{index.sh}.
8973da3a 6545
0816590b 6546@item download/onlinedocs/
8642bc8f
AC
6547You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the online
6548docs from the @file{.tar.bz2}. The best way is to look in the output
0816590b 6549from one of the nightly @code{cron} jobs and then just edit accordingly.
8642bc8f
AC
6550Something like:
6551
474c8240 6552@smallexample
8642bc8f 6553$ ~/ss/update-web-docs \
0816590b 6554 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
8642bc8f 6555 $PWD/www \
0816590b 6556 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \
8642bc8f 6557 gdb
474c8240 6558@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6559
0816590b
AC
6560@item download/ari/
6561Just like the online documentation. Something like:
8642bc8f 6562
0816590b
AC
6563@smallexample
6564$ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \
6565 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
6566 $PWD/www \
6567 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \
6568 gdb
6569@end smallexample
6570
6571@end table
6572
6573@subsubheading Shadow the pages onto gnu
6574
6575Something goes here.
6576
6577
6578@subsubheading Install the @value{GDBN} tar ball on GNU
6579
6580At the time of writing, the GNU machine was @kbd{gnudist.gnu.org} in
6581@file{~ftp/gnu/gdb}.
6582
6583@subsubheading Make the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT}
6584
6585Post the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} file you created above to:
8642bc8f
AC
6586
6587@itemize @bullet
6588@item
6589@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6590@item
0816590b
AC
6591@email{info-gnu@@gnu.org, General GNU Announcement list} (but delay it a
6592day or so to let things get out)
6593@item
6594@email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, GDB Bug Report mailing list}
8642bc8f
AC
6595@end itemize
6596
0816590b 6597@subsection Cleanup
8642bc8f 6598
0816590b 6599The release is out but you're still not finished.
8642bc8f 6600
0816590b 6601@subsubheading Commit outstanding changes
8642bc8f 6602
0816590b 6603In particular you'll need to commit any changes to:
8642bc8f
AC
6604
6605@itemize @bullet
6606@item
6607@file{gdb/ChangeLog}
6608@item
6609@file{gdb/version.in}
6610@item
6611@file{gdb/NEWS}
6612@item
6613@file{gdb/README}
6614@end itemize
6615
0816590b 6616@subsubheading Tag the release
8642bc8f
AC
6617
6618Something like:
6619
474c8240 6620@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6621$ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6622$ echo $d
66232002-01-24
6624$ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update )
0816590b 6625$ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release )
474c8240 6626@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6627
0816590b 6628Insight is used since that contains more of the release than
b247355e 6629@value{GDBN}.
0816590b
AC
6630
6631@subsubheading Mention the release on the trunk
8642bc8f 6632
0816590b
AC
6633Just put something in the @file{ChangeLog} so that the trunk also
6634indicates when the release was made.
6635
6636@subsubheading Restart @file{gdb/version.in}
8642bc8f
AC
6637
6638If @file{gdb/version.in} does not contain an ISO date such as
6639@kbd{2002-01-24} then the daily @code{cronjob} won't update it. Having
6640committed all the release changes it can be set to
0816590b 6641@file{5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs} which will restart things (yes the @kbd{_}
8642bc8f
AC
6642is important - it affects the snapshot process).
6643
6644Don't forget the @file{ChangeLog}.
6645
0816590b 6646@subsubheading Merge into trunk
8973da3a 6647
8642bc8f
AC
6648The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the
6649trunk.
8973da3a 6650
0816590b
AC
6651@subsubheading Revise the release schedule
6652
6653Post a revised release schedule to @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB
6654Discussion List} with an updated announcement. The schedule can be
6655generated by running:
6656
6657@smallexample
6658$ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule
6659@end smallexample
6660
6661@noindent
6662The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch)
6663of the most recent release.
6664
6665Also update the schedule @code{cronjob}.
6666
8642bc8f 6667@section Post release
8973da3a 6668
8642bc8f 6669Remove any @code{OBSOLETE} code.
8973da3a 6670
085dd6e6
JM
6671@node Testsuite
6672
6673@chapter Testsuite
56caf160 6674@cindex test suite
085dd6e6 6675
56caf160
EZ
6676The testsuite is an important component of the @value{GDBN} package.
6677While it is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice
6678this is rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of
6679the available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change
6680to cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time.
085dd6e6 6681
b247355e
NR
6682The @value{GDBN} testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework. The
6683tests themselves are calls to various @code{Tcl} procs; the framework
6684runs all the procs and summarizes the passes and fails.
085dd6e6
JM
6685
6686@section Using the Testsuite
6687
56caf160 6688@cindex running the test suite
25822942 6689To run the testsuite, simply go to the @value{GDBN} object directory (or to the
085dd6e6
JM
6690testsuite's objdir) and type @code{make check}. This just sets up some
6691environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's @code{runtest} script. While
6692the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in use,
6693and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the testsuite is
6694finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this:
56caf160 6695
474c8240 6696@smallexample
085dd6e6
JM
6697 === gdb Summary ===
6698
6699# of expected passes 6016
6700# of unexpected failures 58
6701# of unexpected successes 5
6702# of expected failures 183
6703# of unresolved testcases 3
6704# of untested testcases 5
474c8240 6705@end smallexample
56caf160 6706
a9f158ec
JB
6707To run a specific test script, type:
6708@example
6709make check RUNTESTFLAGS='@var{tests}'
6710@end example
6711where @var{tests} is a list of test script file names, separated by
6712spaces.
6713
085dd6e6
JM
6714The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality
6715conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate
56caf160
EZ
6716real problems, whether in @value{GDBN} or in the testsuite. Expected
6717failures are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too
6718hard to deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work
6719everywhere except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case
6720being fixed in the near future. Expected failures should not be added
6721lightly, since you may be masking serious bugs in @value{GDBN}.
6722Unexpected successes are expected fails that are passing for some
6723reason, while unresolved and untested cases often indicate some minor
6724catastrophe, such as the compiler being unable to deal with a test
6725program.
6726
6727When making any significant change to @value{GDBN}, you should run the
6728testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no
6729regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you
6730run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of
6731compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases
6732testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful
6733options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86)
6734host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi,
6735mips-elf), or a 64-bit host (Alpha).
6736
6737If you add new functionality to @value{GDBN}, please consider adding
6738tests for it as well; this way future @value{GDBN} hackers can detect
6739and fix their changes that break the functionality you added.
6740Similarly, if you fix a bug that was not previously reported as a test
6741failure, please add a test case for it. Some cases are extremely
6742difficult to test, such as code that handles host OS failures or bugs
6743in particular versions of compilers, and it's OK not to try to write
6744tests for all of those.
085dd6e6 6745
e7dc800a
MC
6746DejaGNU supports separate build, host, and target machines. However,
6747some @value{GDBN} test scripts do not work if the build machine and
6748the host machine are not the same. In such an environment, these scripts
6749will give a result of ``UNRESOLVED'', like this:
6750
6751@smallexample
6752UNRESOLVED: gdb.base/example.exp: This test script does not work on a remote host.
6753@end smallexample
6754
085dd6e6
JM
6755@section Testsuite Organization
6756
56caf160 6757@cindex test suite organization
085dd6e6
JM
6758The testsuite is entirely contained in @file{gdb/testsuite}. While the
6759testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal,
6760and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves
25822942 6761handle the compilation of the programs that @value{GDBN} will run. The file
085dd6e6 6762@file{testsuite/lib/gdb.exp} contains common utility procs useful for
25822942 6763all @value{GDBN} tests, while the directory @file{testsuite/config} contains
085dd6e6
JM
6764configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose
6765definitions of procs like @code{gdb_load} and @code{gdb_start}.
6766
6767The tests themselves are to be found in @file{testsuite/gdb.*} and
6768subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end
6769with @file{.exp}. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding
6770in the test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files
6771get chosen and run in alphabetical order.
6772
6773The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what they
6774are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are
6775located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and
6776execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and
6777intelligibility.
6778
56caf160 6779@table @file
085dd6e6 6780@item gdb.base
085dd6e6 6781This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all
25822942 6782configurations of @value{GDBN} (but generic native-only tests may live here).
085dd6e6 6783The test programs should be in the subset of C that is valid K&R,
49efadf5 6784ANSI/ISO, and C@t{++} (@code{#ifdef}s are allowed if necessary, for instance
085dd6e6
JM
6785for prototypes).
6786
6787@item gdb.@var{lang}
56caf160 6788Language-specific tests for any language @var{lang} besides C. Examples are
af6cf26d 6789@file{gdb.cp} and @file{gdb.java}.
085dd6e6
JM
6790
6791@item gdb.@var{platform}
085dd6e6
JM
6792Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific configuration
6793(host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is @file{gdb.hp}, for
6794HP-UX.
6795
6796@item gdb.@var{compiler}
085dd6e6
JM
6797Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June
67981999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category that
6799couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one could
56caf160
EZ
6800imagine a @file{gdb.gcc}, for tests of @value{GDBN}'s handling of GCC
6801extensions.
085dd6e6
JM
6802
6803@item gdb.@var{subsystem}
25822942 6804Tests that exercise a specific @value{GDBN} subsystem in more depth. For
085dd6e6
JM
6805instance, @file{gdb.disasm} exercises various disassemblers, while
6806@file{gdb.stabs} tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader.
085dd6e6
JM
6807@end table
6808
6809@section Writing Tests
56caf160 6810@cindex writing tests
085dd6e6 6811
25822942 6812In many areas, the @value{GDBN} tests are already quite comprehensive; you
085dd6e6
JM
6813should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases.
6814
6815You should try to use @code{gdb_test} whenever possible, since it
6816includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen.
6817However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for
6818instance, @file{gdb.base/exprs.exp} defines a @code{test_expr} that
6819calls @code{gdb_test} multiple times.
6820
6821Only use @code{send_gdb} and @code{gdb_expect} when absolutely
8a3dae3e
DJ
6822necessary. Even if @value{GDBN} has several valid responses to
6823a command, you can use @code{gdb_test_multiple}. Like @code{gdb_test},
6824@code{gdb_test_multiple} recognizes internal errors and unexpected
6825prompts.
6826
6827Do not write tests which expect a literal tab character from @value{GDBN}.
6828On some operating systems (e.g.@: OpenBSD) the TTY layer expands tabs to
6829spaces, so by the time @value{GDBN}'s output reaches expect the tab is gone.
085dd6e6
JM
6830
6831The source language programs do @emph{not} need to be in a consistent
25822942 6832style. Since @value{GDBN} is used to debug programs written in many different
085dd6e6 6833styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for
25822942 6834instance, some @value{GDBN} bugs involving the display of source lines would
085dd6e6
JM
6835never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style
6836uniformly.
6837
c906108c
SS
6838@node Hints
6839
6840@chapter Hints
6841
6842Check the @file{README} file, it often has useful information that does not
6843appear anywhere else in the directory.
6844
6845@menu
25822942 6846* Getting Started:: Getting started working on @value{GDBN}
33e16fad 6847* Debugging GDB:: Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
c906108c
SS
6848@end menu
6849
6850@node Getting Started,,, Hints
6851
6852@section Getting Started
6853
25822942 6854@value{GDBN} is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to
c906108c
SS
6855work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you
6856know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on.
6857
25822942
DB
6858This manual, the @value{GDBN} Internals manual, has information which applies
6859generally to many parts of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
6860
6861Information about particular functions or data structures are located in
6862comments with those functions or data structures. If you run across a
6863function or a global variable which does not have a comment correctly
25822942 6864explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a bug in @value{GDBN}; feel
c906108c
SS
6865free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment if you can figure
6866out what the comment should say. If you find a comment which is
6867actually wrong, be especially sure to report that.
6868
6869Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, or
6870native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are
6871repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the
6872macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a
6873default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual
6874also documents all the available macros.
6875@c (@pxref{Host Conditionals}, @pxref{Target
6876@c Conditionals}, @pxref{Native Conditionals}, and @pxref{Obsolete
6877@c Conditionals})
6878
56caf160
EZ
6879Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how
6880@value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables are stored (see @file{symtab.h},
6881@file{gdbtypes.h}), you will find it much easier to understand the
6882code which uses and creates those symbol tables.
c906108c
SS
6883
6884You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to
6885enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another
25822942 6886language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to @value{GDBN}, use
c906108c
SS
6887the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case
6888and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes
6889are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active
6890approach.
6891
25822942 6892Once you have a part of @value{GDBN} to start with, you can find more
c906108c
SS
6893specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each
6894function with the @code{next} command. Do not use @code{step} or you
6895will quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through
6896calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding
6897(perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being
6898called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the
6899functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the
6900one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data
6901structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in
6902the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to
6903look like.
6904
6905Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading the
6906code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general
6907principle applies---when the code you are looking at calls something
6908else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does,
6909rather than worrying about all its details.
6910
56caf160
EZ
6911@cindex command implementation
6912A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with
6913a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how
6914single-stepping works. As a @value{GDBN} user, you know that the
6915@code{step} command invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked
6916via command tables (see @file{command.h}); by convention the function
6917which actually performs the command is formed by taking the name of
6918the command and adding @samp{_command}, or in the case of an
6919@code{info} subcommand, @samp{_info}. For example, the @code{step}
6920command invokes the @code{step_command} function and the @code{info
6921display} command invokes @code{display_info}. When this convention is
6922not followed, you might have to use @code{grep} or @kbd{M-x
6923tags-search} in emacs, or run @value{GDBN} on itself and set a
6924breakpoint in @code{execute_command}.
6925
6926@cindex @code{bug-gdb} mailing list
c906108c
SS
6927If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for information
6928on @code{bug-gdb}. But @emph{never} post a generic question like ``I was
6929wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding
25822942 6930@value{GDBN}''---if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual.
c906108c
SS
6931Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course.
6932
33e16fad 6933@node Debugging GDB,,,Hints
c906108c 6934
25822942 6935@section Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
56caf160 6936@cindex debugging @value{GDBN}
c906108c 6937
25822942 6938If @value{GDBN} is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it
c906108c
SS
6939fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like
6940Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being
56caf160 6941debugged in another. Rather than typing the command @kbd{@w{./gdb
c906108c 6942./gdb}}, which works on Suns and such, you can copy @file{gdb} to
56caf160 6943@file{gdb2} and then type @kbd{@w{./gdb ./gdb2}}.
c906108c 6944
25822942 6945When you run @value{GDBN} in the @value{GDBN} source directory, it will read a
c906108c
SS
6946@file{.gdbinit} file that sets up some simple things to make debugging
6947gdb easier. The @code{info} command, when executed without a subcommand
25822942 6948in a @value{GDBN} being debugged by gdb, will pop you back up to the top level
c906108c
SS
6949gdb. See @file{.gdbinit} for details.
6950
6951If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a @code{make TAGS} after
6952you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent
6953routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by
6954@kbd{M-.}
6955
25822942 6956Also, make sure that you've either compiled @value{GDBN} with your local cc, or
c906108c
SS
6957have run @code{fixincludes} if you are compiling with gcc.
6958
6959@section Submitting Patches
6960
56caf160 6961@cindex submitting patches
c906108c 6962Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of
25822942 6963@value{GDBN} users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements.
c906108c
SS
6964Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the
6965changes.
6966
25822942
DB
6967The @value{GDBN} maintainers will only install ``cleanly designed'' patches.
6968This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
6969
6970If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it arrives,
6971or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a large queue
6972with everyone else's patches and bug reports.
6973
56caf160 6974@cindex legal papers for code contributions
c906108c
SS
6975The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a
6976copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership
6977of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the
9e0b60a8
JM
6978standard documents for doing this by sending mail to @code{gnu@@gnu.org}
6979and asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs
6980owned by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that
56caf160
EZ
6981changes in many programs (not just @value{GDBN}, but GAS, Emacs, GCC,
6982etc) can be
9e0b60a8 6983contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the
be9c6c35 6984bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes until
9e0b60a8
JM
6985this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we follow
6986since we maintain it for them).
c906108c
SS
6987
6988Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each
56caf160
EZ
6989feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for @code{patch}.
6990Each message sent to me should include the changes to C code and
6991header files for a single feature, plus @file{ChangeLog} entries for
6992each directory where files were modified, and diffs for any changes
6993needed to the manuals (@file{gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo} or
6994@file{gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo}). If there are a lot of changes for a
6995single feature, they can be split down into multiple messages.
9e0b60a8
JM
6996
6997In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the
c906108c 6998sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in.
56caf160
EZ
6999If you leave out the @file{ChangeLog}, we have to write one. If you leave
7000out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc.
c906108c 7001
9e0b60a8
JM
7002The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will not
7003install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with questions
7004or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message back to you
c906108c 7005will say what you have to fix in order to make the change acceptable.
9e0b60a8
JM
7006The reason to have separate messages for separate features is so that
7007the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more changes are
7008being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single message, we
7009tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable changes from
7010the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed until all are
7011acceptable.
7012
7013If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a lot
7014of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get
7015installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug
c906108c
SS
7016reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive
7017complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day
9e0b60a8
JM
7018they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time
7019permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not
7020be for quite some time.
c906108c 7021
56caf160 7022Please send patches directly to
47b95330 7023@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} maintainers}.
c906108c 7024
36af4ef6
MD
7025@section Build Script
7026
7027@cindex build script
7028
7029The script @file{gdb_buildall.sh} builds @value{GDBN} with flag
7030@option{--enable-targets=all} set. This builds @value{GDBN} with all supported
7031targets activated. This helps testing @value{GDBN} when doing changes that
7032affect more than one architecture and is much faster than using
7033@file{gdb_mbuild.sh}.
7034
7035After building @value{GDBN} the script checks which architectures are
7036supported and then switches the current architecture to each of those to get
7037information about the architecture. The test results are stored in log files
7038in the directory the script was called from.
7039
bcd7e15f 7040@include observer.texi
2154891a 7041@raisesections
aab4e0ec 7042@include fdl.texi
2154891a 7043@lowersections
aab4e0ec 7044
56caf160
EZ
7045@node Index
7046@unnumbered Index
7047
7048@printindex cp
7049
c906108c 7050@bye
This page took 1.148681 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.